Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________
FORM 10-K
þ
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
OR
o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Transition Period from to
Commission File Number 001-35506
PROOFPOINT, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware  
(State or other jurisdiction of  
incorporation or organization)
 
51-0414846  
(I.R.S. employer  
identification no.)

892 Ross Drive
Sunnyvale, California  
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
94089  
(Zip Code)

(408) 517-4710
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
__________________________________
S ecurities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock , $0.0001 par value per share
 
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
None
 
__________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES   þ    NO  o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  o    NO  þ  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YES  þ   NO  o   
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES  þ   NO o     
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer o  
 
Accelerated filer þ  
 
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES  ¨   NO  þ
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the closing price of a share of the registrant’s common stock on June 30, 2013 as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date, was approximately $603,262,000 . This calculation does not reflect a determination that certain persons are affiliates of the registrant for any other purpose.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of February 28, 2014 wa s 36,760,707 shares .
 __________________________________
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 .



Table of Contents

PROOFPOINT, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2013
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
PART I.
 
 
Item 1.
Business
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Properties
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II.
 
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Item 9B.
Other Information
PART III.
 
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV.
 
 
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Signatures
 


1

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect," and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to revise or publicly release the results of any revision to these forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Given these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.
Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, the terms “Proofpoint,” “Company,” “Registrant,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean Proofpoint, Inc. and its subsidiaries unless the context indicates otherwise.


2

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. Our security-as-a-service platform is comprised of an integrated suite of on-demand data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. Our solutions are built on a flexible, cloud-based platform and leverage a number of proprietary technologies - including big data analytics, machine learning, deep content inspection, secure storage, advanced encryption, intelligent message routing, dynamic malware analysis, and virtual execution environments - to address today's rapidly changing threat landscape.

A fundamental shift in the sources of cyber crime, from hackers to organized crime and governments, combined with the emergence of international data trafficking and sophisticated advanced persistent threats ("APTs"), polymorphic threats, zero-day exploits, and user-transplant "drive-by" downloads, is driving an unprecedented wave of targeted, malicious attacks designed to steal valuable information. At the same time, the growth of business-to-business collaboration, as well as the consumerization of IT and the associated adoption of mobile devices and unmanaged Internet-based applications, has proliferated sensitive data and reduced the effectiveness of many existing security products. These factors have contributed to an increasing number of severe data breaches and expanding regulatory mandates, all of which have accelerated demand for effective data protection and governance solutions.

Our platform addresses this growing challenge by not only protecting data as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications, but also by keeping track of such information as it is modified and distributed throughout the enterprise for compliance and data loss prevention and securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We address four important problems for the enterprise:

Keeping malicious content out;

Preventing the theft or inadvertent loss of sensitive information and, in turn, ensuring compliance with regulatory data protection mandates;

Collecting, retaining, governing and discovering sensitive data for compliance and litigation support; and

Securely sharing sensitive data with customers, partners and suppliers.

Our platform and its associated solutions are sold to customers on a subscription basis and can be deployed through our unique cloud-based architecture that leverages both our global data centers as well as optional points-of-presence behind our customers' firewalls. Our flexible deployment model enables us to deliver superior security and compliance while maintaining the favorable economics afforded by cloud computing, creating a competitive advantage for us over legacy on-premise and cloud-only offerings.

We were founded in 2002 to provide a unified solution to help enterprises address their growing data security requirements. Our first solution was commercially released in 2003 to combat the burgeoning problem of spam and viruses and their impact on corporate email systems. To address the evolving threat landscape and the adoption of communication and collaboration systems beyond corporate email and networks, we have broadened our solutions to defend against a wide range of threats, protect against outbound security risks, and archive and govern corporate information. Today, our solutions are used by approximately 3,100 customers worldwide, including 38 of the Fortune 100, protecting tens of millions of end-users. We market and sell our solutions worldwide both directly through our sales teams and indirectly through a hybrid model where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. We also distribute our solutions through strategic partners, including IBM and Microsoft.

The Proofpoint Solution

Our integrated suite of on-demand security-as-a-service solutions enables large and mid-sized organizations to defend, protect, archive and govern their sensitive data. Our comprehensive platform provides threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication. These solutions are built on a cloud-based architecture, protecting data not only as it flows into and out of the enterprise via on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and

3

Table of Contents

other web-based applications, but also keeping track of such information as it is modified and distributed throughout the enterprise for compliance and data loss prevention and securely archiving these communications for compliance and discovery. We have pioneered the use of innovative technologies to deliver better ease-of-use, greater protection against the latest advanced threats, and lower total cost of ownership than traditional alternatives. The key elements of our solution include:

Superior protection against advanced, targeted threats.   We use a combination of proprietary technologies for big data analytics, machine learning, deep content inspection, dynamic malware analysis, and virtual execution environments to predictively, actively, and retroactively detect and stop targeted "spear phishing" and other sophisticated advanced and next-generation threat attacks, including APTs, that employ polymorphic threats, zero-day exploits, user-transparent “drive-by” downloads and other penetration tactics. By processing and modeling billions of requests per day, we can recognize anomalies in traffic flow to predictively detect targeted attacks, before users are exposed. Our deep content inspection technology enables us to identify malicious message attachments and distinguish between valid messages and "phishing" messages designed to look authentic and trick the end-user into divulging sensitive data or clicking on a malicious web link. Our machine learning technology enables us to detect targeted "zero-hour" attacks in real-time, even if they have not been seen previously at other locations, and quarantine them appropriately. Our dynamic malware analysis and virtual execution environment technologies enable us to examine web site destinations and downloadable files to identify and block potentially hostile code that would otherwise compromise end-user computers, even if such web sites are otherwise benign and considered reputable and such code is truly unique, with no antivirus signature.

Comprehensive, integrated data protection suite.   We offer a comprehensive solution for data protection and governance through an integrated, security-as-a-service platform that is comprised of four main suites: Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, Proofpoint Enterprise Archive & Governance, and Proofpoint Essentials. Together, these solutions can improve an organization's ability to detect and mitigate inbound and outbound threats and securely archive and discover communication across all major communication channels including on-premise and cloud-based email, instant messaging, social media and other web-based applications. In addition, our common policy framework and reporting systems enable organizations to comply with complex regulatory mandates, implement consistent data governance policies and ensure end-to-end incident response across the enterprise.

Designed to empower end-users.   Unlike legacy offerings that simply block communication or report audit violations, our solutions actively enable secure business-to-business and business-to-consumer communications. Our easy-to-use policy-based email encryption service automatically encrypts sensitive emails and delivers them to any PC or mobile device. In addition, our secure file-transfer solution makes it easy for end-users to securely share various forms of documents and other content that are typically too large to send through traditional e-mail systems. All of our solutions provide mobile-optimized capabilities to empower the growing number of people who use mobile devices as their primary computing platform.

Security optimized cloud architecture.   Our multi-tenant security-as-a-service solution leverages a distributed, scalable architecture deployed in our global data centers for deep content inspection, global threat correlation and analytics, high-speed search, secure storage, encryption key management, software updates, intelligent message routing, and other core functions. Customers can choose to deploy optional physical or virtual points-of-presence behind their firewalls for those who prefer to deploy certain functionality inside their security perimeter. This architecture enables us to leverage the benefits of the cloud to cost-effectively deliver superior security and compliance, while optimizing each deployment for the customer's unique threat environment.

Extensible security-as-a-service platform.   The key components of our security-as-a-service platform, including services for secure storage, content inspection, reputation, big data analytics, encryption, key management, and identity and policy, can be exposed through application programming interfaces, or APIs, to integrate with internally developed applications as well as with those developed by third-parties. In addition, these APIs provide a means to integrate with the other security and compliance components deployed in our customers' infrastructures.

Our Security-as-a-Service Platform

We provide a multi-tiered security-as-a-service platform consisting of solutions, platform technologies and infrastructure. Our platform currently includes four solutions bundled for the convenience of our customers, distributors and

4

Table of Contents

resellers: Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, Proofpoint Enterprise Archive & Governance, and Proofpoint Essentials. Each of these solutions is built on our security-as-a-service platform, which includes both platform services and enabling technologies. Our platform services provide the key functionality to enable our various solutions while our enabling technologies work in conjunction with our platform services to enable the efficient construction, scaling and maintenance of our customer-facing solutions.

Our suite is delivered by a cloud infrastructure and can be deployed as a secure cloud-only solution, or as a hybrid solution with optional physical or virtual points-of-presence behind our customers' firewalls for those who prefer to deploy certain functionality inside their security perimeter. In all deployment scenarios, our cloud-based architecture enables us to leverage the benefits of the cloud to cost-effectively deliver superior security and compliance while maintaining the flexibility to optimize deployments for customers' unique environments. The modularity of our solutions enables our existing customers to implement additional modules in a simple and efficient manner.


Solutions

Our security-as-a-service platform includes four solutions bundled for the convenience of our customers: Proofpoint Enterprise Protection, Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy, Proofpoint Enterprise Archive & Governance, and Proofpoint Essentials.

Proofpoint Enterprise Protection

Proofpoint Enterprise Protection is our communications and collaboration security suite designed to protect customers' mission-critical messaging infrastructure from outside threats including spam, phishing, unpredictable email volumes, malware and other forms of objectionable or dangerous content before they reach the enterprise. Key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Protection include:

Threat detection.   Uses our Proofpoint MLX machine learning technology and reputation data to examine millions of possible attributes in every message, including envelope headers and structure, embedded web links, images, attachments and sender reputation, as well as unstructured content in the message body, to block phishing and spear phishing attacks, spam and other forms of malicious or objectionable content. This

5

Table of Contents

solution also includes sophisticated policy and routing controls designed to ensure security and the effective handling of all classifications of content.

Virus protection.   Combats email-borne viruses, worms and trojans with a solution that combines efficient message handling, comprehensive reporting, and robust policy management with leading third-party antivirus scanning engines.

Zero-hour threat detection.   Protects enterprises against new phishing attacks, viruses and other forms of malicious code during the critical period after new attacks are released and before full information is available to characterize the threat.

Smart search.   Offers an easy-to-use interface that provides real-time visibility into message flows across an organization's messaging infrastructure, using built-in logging and reporting capabilities with advanced message tracing, forensics and log analysis capabilities.

Targeted Attack Protection.  Enterprises are protected against advanced persistent threats such as phishing and other targeted email attacks by the use of big data analysis, predictive, virtual execution and dynamic malware analysis techniques to identify and apply additional security controls against suspicious messages and any associated links to the web.

Key benefits of Proofpoint Enterprise Protection include:

Superior protection from advanced threats, spam and viruses.   Protects against advanced threats, spam and other malicious code such as viruses, worms and spyware.

Comprehensive outbound threat protection.   Analyzes all outbound email traffic to block spam, viruses and other malicious content from leaving the corporate network, and pinpoint the responsible compromised systems.

Effective, flexible policy management and administration.   Provides a user-friendly, web-based administration interface and robust reporting capabilities that make it easy to define, enforce and manage an enterprise's messaging policies.

Easy-to-use end-user controls.   Gives email users easy, self-service control over their individual email preferences within the parameters of corporate-defined messaging policies.

Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy

Our data loss prevention, encryption and compliance solution defends against leaks of confidential information, and helps ensure compliance with common U.S., international and industry-specific data protection regulations - including the Health Care Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA"), the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act ("GLBA"), Canada's Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act ("PIPEDA") and the Payment Card Industry Security Standard Council's Data Security Standards ("PCI-DSS"). Key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy include:

Advanced data loss prevention.   Our advanced data loss prevention solution identifies regulated private content, valuable corporate assets and confidential information before it leaves the organization via email, web-based applications, or our Secure Share solution. Pre-packaged smart identifiers and dictionaries automatically and accurately detect a wide range of regulated content such as social security numbers, health records, credit card numbers, and driver's license numbers. In addition to regulated content, our machine learning technology can identify confidential, organization-specific content and assets. Once identified and classified, sensitive data can be blocked, encrypted and transmitted or re-routed internally based on content and identity-aware policies.

Flexible remediation and supervision.   Content, identity and destination-aware policies enable effective remediation of potential data breaches or regulatory violations. Remediation options include stopping the transfer completely, automatically forcing data-encryption, or routing to a compliance supervisor or the end-user for disposition. Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy provides comprehensive reporting on potential violations and remediation using our analytics capabilities.


6

Table of Contents

Policy-based encryption.   Automatically encrypts regulated and other sensitive data before it leaves an organization's security perimeter without requiring cumbersome end-user key management. This enables authorized users, whether or not they are our customers, to quickly and easily decrypt and view content from most devices.

Secure file transfer.   Provides secure, large file transfer capabilities that allow end-users to send large files quickly, easily, and securely while eliminating the impact of large attachments on an email infrastructure.

Secure share . Cloud-based security-focused solution designed to enable enterprise users to securely exchange large files with ease while staying compliant with enterprise data policies.

Key benefits of Proofpoint Enterprise Privacy include:

Regulatory compliance.   Allows outbound messages to comply with national and state government and industry-specific privacy regulations.

Superior malicious and accidental data loss protection.   Protects against the loss of sensitive data, whether from a cybercriminal attempting to exfiltrate valuable data from a compromised system, or from an employee accidentally distributing a file to the wrong party through email, webmail, social media, file sharing, or other Internet-based mechanisms for publishing content.

Easy-to-use secure communication.   Allows corporate end-users to easily share sensitive data without compromising security and privacy, and enables authorized external recipients to transparently decrypt and read the communications from any device. Our mobile-optimized interfaces provide an easy experience for the rapidly growing number of recipients on smartphones and tablets.

Proofpoint Enterprise Archive & Governance

Proofpoint Enterprise Archive & Governance is designed to ensure accurate enforcement of data governance, data retention and supervision policies and mandates; cost-effective litigation support through efficient discovery; and active legal-hold management.

Proofpoint Enterprise Archive can store, govern and discover a wide range of data including email, instant message conversations, social media interactions, and other files throughout the enterprise. The key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Archive include:

Secure cloud storage.   With our proprietary double blind encryption technology and the associated data storage architecture, all email messages, files and other content are encrypted with keys controlled by the customer before the data enters the Proofpoint Enterprise Archive. This ensures that even our employees and law-enforcement agencies cannot access a readable form of the customer data without authorized access by the customer to the encryption keys stored behind the customer's firewall.

Search performance.   By employing parallel, big data search techniques, we are able to deliver search performance measured in seconds, even when searching hundreds of terabytes of archived data. Traditional on-premise solutions can take hours or even days to return search results to a complex query.

Flexible policy enforcement.   Enables organizations to easily define and automatically enforce data retention and destruction policies necessary to comply with regulatory mandates or internal policies that can vary by user, group, geography or domain.

Active legal-hold management.   Enables administrators or legal professionals to easily designate specific individuals or content as subject to legal-hold. Proofpoint Enterprise Archive then provides active management of these holds by suspending normal deletion policies and automatically archiving subsequent messages and files related to the designated matter.

End-user supervision.   Leveraging our flexible workflow capabilities, Proofpoint Enterprise Archive analyzes all electronic communications, including email and communications from leading instant messaging and social networking sites, for potential violations of regulations, such as those imposed by Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") and the SEC in the financial services industry.

7

Table of Contents


Key benefits of Proofpoint Enterprise Archive include:

Regulatory compliance.   Helps organizations meet regulatory requirements by archiving all messages and content according to compliance retention policies and enabling staff to systematically review messages for compliance supervision.

Proactive data governance.   Allows organizations to create, maintain and consistently enforce a clear corporate data retention policy, reducing the risk of data loss and the cost of eDiscovery.

Efficient litigation support.   Provides advanced search features that reduce the cost of eDiscovery and allow organizations to more effectively manage the litigation hold process.

Reduced storage and management costs.   Helps to simplify mailbox and file system management by automatically moving storage-intensive attachments and files into cost-effective cloud storage.

Proofpoint Enterprise Governance can track, classify, monitor, and apply governance policies to unstructured information across the enterprise. By proactively governing unstructured information "in-place," organizations can effectively manage regulatory compliance, increase control over information and mitigate legal and financial risks. The key capabilities within Proofpoint Enterprise Governance include:

Document tracking—digital thread.   Proofpoint Enterprise Governance creates a unique "digital fingerprint" for every document and version. Our solution can monitor most major document stores including share-drives, Microsoft Sharepoint, Microsoft Exchange, Lotus Domino, EMC Documentum and desktops, and track every document, version and location. This enables organizations to track and govern their sensitive documents wherever they travel inside or outside the enterprise.

Cloud-based search and analytics.   By employing advanced search techniques, we are able to deliver detailed reporting on all monitored documents and locations. Administrators can quickly locate all copies and versions of a given document or run summary reports detailing types and locations of stored documents throughout the enterprise.

Flexible policy enforcement.   Enables organizations to easily define and automatically enforce data retention and destruction policies necessary to comply with regulatory mandates or internal policies that can vary by user, group, project or geography.

Key benefits of Proofpoint Enterprise Governance include:

Regulatory compliance.   Helps organizations meet regulatory requirements by systematically retaining required documents and unstructured content according to compliance retention policies and enabling staff to efficiently review and enforce these policies.

Proactive data governance.   Allows organizations to create, maintain and consistently enforce a clear corporate data retention and destruction policy around documents and other unstructured content, reducing the risk of data loss and the cost of eDiscovery.

Efficient litigation support.   Provides advanced search features that locate all copies of documents wherever they live reducing the cost of eDiscovery and allowing organizations to effectively manage the litigation process.

Reduced storage and management costs.   Reduces document management and storage costs by automating the reporting and clean-up of unnecessary documents including duplicates, intermediate versions and non-business records.

Proofpoint Essentials

Proofpoint Essentials is our small & medium business ("SMB") suite of security-as-a-service security and compliance solutions specifically designed for distribution across managed service providers ("MSP's") and dedicated security resellers.

8

Table of Contents

Key capabilities include inbound email filtering to block spam and malware, outbound filtering for compliance with company policies, email continuity to enable email service availability, and email archiving.

Platform Services

Our platform services provide the key functionality to enable our various solutions, using our enabling technologies. Our platform services primarily consist of:

Content inspection.   Applies our Proofpoint MLX machine learning techniques to understand the meaning of email, documents and social networking communications and to identify and classify content as malicious, sensitive or relevant to a litigation matter for threat protection, data loss prevention and discovery.

Reputation.   Leverages machine learning and big data analytics to analyze and correlate billions of requests per day to create a dynamic reputation profile of hundreds of millions of IP addresses, domains, web links and other Internet content. This database of reputation profiles is used to help identify and block malicious attacks.

Encryption and key management.   Securely encrypts data and stores and indexes hundreds of thousands of individual encryption keys without requiring cumbersome key-exchange or other end-user set-up. Enables authorized users to quickly and easily decrypt and view content from a wide variety of devices.

Notification and workflow.   Creates notifications and an enabling workflow to alert administrators and compliance officers of an incident and enable subsequent review, commentary, tracking, escalation and remediation of each event.

Analytics and search.   Provides an easy-to-use, web-based interface for searching and analyzing information to enable enterprises to rapidly trace inbound and outbound messages, analyze how messages were processed by a Proofpoint Enterprise deployment, report on the disposition and status of any email message, and retrieve in real-time archived communications for litigation support and eDiscovery.

Enabling Technologies

Our enabling technologies are a proprietary set of building blocks that work in conjunction with our application services to enable the efficient construction, scaling and maintenance of our customer-facing solutions. These technologies primarily consist of:

Big data analytics.   Indexes and analyzes petabytes of information in real-time to discover threats, detect data leaks and enable end-users to quickly and efficiently access information distributed across their organizations.

Machine learning.   Builds predictive data models using our proprietary Proofpoint MLX machine learning techniques to rapidly identify and classify threats and sensitive content in real-time.

Identity and policy.   Enables the definition and enforcement of sophisticated data protection policies based on a wide set of variables, including type of content, sender, recipient, pending legal matters, time and date, regulatory status and more.

Secure storage.   Stores petabytes of data in the cloud cost-effectively using proprietary encryption methods, keeping sensitive data tamper-proof and private, yet fully searchable in real-time.

Intelligent message routing.   Policies can be established by administrators to automatically direct email communications differently through the email network, based on aspects of the messages, for security, compliance, supervisory, system performance, or other reasons.

Infrastructure

We deliver our security-as-a-service solutions through our cloud architecture and international data center infrastructure. We operate thousands of physical and virtual servers across eight data centers located in the United States, Canada, the Netherlands, Germany and Ireland.

9

Table of Contents


Our cloud architecture is optimized to meet the unique demands of delivering real-time security-as-a-service to global enterprises. Key design elements include:

Security.   Security is central to our cloud architecture and is designed into all levels of the system, including physical security, network security, application security, and security at our third-party data centers. Our security measures have met the rigorous standards of SSAE 16 certification. In addition to this commercial certification program, we have also successfully completed the FISMA certification for our cloud-based archiving and governance solution, enabling us to serve the rigorous security requirements of U.S. federal agencies.

Scalability and performance.   By leveraging a distributed, scalable architecture we process billions of requests against our reputation systems and hundreds of millions of messages per day, all in near real-time. Massively-parallel query processing technology is designed to ensure rapid search results over this vast data volume. In addition to this aggregate scalability across all customers, our architecture also scales to effectively meet the needs of several of our largest individual customers, each of which has millions of users and processes tens of millions of messages per day.

Flexibility.   Our cloud architecture enables individual customers to deploy entirely in Proofpoint's global data centers or in hybrid configurations with optional points of presence located behind the customer's firewall. This deployment flexibility enables us to deliver security, compliance and performance tailored to the unique threat profile and operating environment of each customer.

High availability.   Our services employ a wide range of technologies including redundancy, geographic distribution, real-time data replication and end-to-end service monitoring to provide 24x7 system availability.

Network operations control.   We employ a team of skilled professionals who monitor, manage and maintain our global data center infrastructure and its interoperability with the distributed points of presence located behind our customers' firewalls to ensure 24x7 operations.

Low cost.   We deploy our services on shared, low-cost, commodity computing and storage infrastructure. In addition, we utilize multi-tenancy and hardware virtualization to further reduce hardware and management costs. Because we primarily rely on internally developed and open source technology instead of commercially licensed technology, we are able to offer a cost-effective solution to our customers.

Customers

As of December 31, 2013 , we had approximately 3,100 customers of all sizes across a wide variety of industries, including 38 of the Fortune 100. A number of our largest customers use our platform to protect millions of users and handle tens of millions of messages per day. We have a highly diversified customer base, with no single partner or customer accounting for more than 10% of total revenue in 2011 and one customer, a strategic partner serving a number of end customers with our platform, who accounted for 14% of total revenue in both 2013 and 2012. In each year since the launch of our first solution in 2003, we have retained over 90% of our customers.

We target large and mid-sized organizations across all major verticals including financial services, retail, manufacturing, aerospace and defense, healthcare, education and government. We have been particularly successful selling to the largest enterprises; 24 of the 50 largest companies in the United States as ranked by Fortune Magazine are our customers. We have also had success penetrating the market leaders in a number of significant verticals including:

3 of the 5 largest U.S. retailers

3 of the 5 largest U.S. aerospace and defense contractors

5 of the 5 largest U.S. banks

2 of the 5 largest global pharmaceutical companies

2 of the 5 largest U.S. petroleum refining companies


10

Table of Contents

Among our customers are: Alticor Inc., AON Corporation, Bank of America Corporation, Bank of China Limited, Citicorp North America, Inc., First Data Corporation, Grant Thornton LLP, Grupo IUSA, Hospital Corporation of America, Hitachi Data Systems Corporation, Huntsman Corporation, Kaiser Permanente, Mary Kay, Inc., Pitney Bowes Inc., The Radio France Group, Raymond James Financial, Inc., Royal Mail Group Ltd., Scottsdale Healthcare Corporation, the State of California, Sub-Zero, Inc., Swisscom, T-Mobile Wireless USA, Inc., Tyson Foods, Inc., UCLA Health System, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, United States Department of Agriculture, VF Corporation, VMware, Inc., Washington State University, Weatherford International Ltd., and Zions Bancorporation.

Sales and Marketing

Sales

We primarily target large and mid-sized organizations across all industries. Our sales and marketing programs are organized by geographic regions, including Asia-Pacific, EMEA, Japan, North America, and South America, and we further segment and organize our sales force into teams that focus on large enterprises (2,500 employees and above), mid-sized organizations (500 - 2,500 employees) and existing customers. In addition, we create integrated sales and marketing programs targeting specific vertical-markets. This vertical-market approach enables us to provide a higher level of service and understanding of our customers' unique needs, including the industry-specific business and regulatory requirements in industries such as healthcare, financial services, retail and education.

We sell through both direct and indirect channels, including technology and channel partners:

Direct sales and reseller channel.  We market and sell our solutions to large and mid-sized customers directly through our field and inside sales teams as well as indirectly through a hybrid model, where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. Our sales personnel are primarily located in North America, with additional personnel located in Asia-Pacific, EMEA, Japan and South America. Our reseller partners maintain relationships with their customers throughout the territories in which they operate, providing them with services and third-party solutions to help meet their evolving security requirements. As such, these partners act as a direct conduit through which we can connect with these prospective customers to offer our solutions. Our reseller channel includes top security organizations including Accuvant, Adaptive Solutions, Inc., Exclusive Networks SAS, FishNet Security, Forsythe Technology Inc., Insight Direct USA, SBS Security, SHI International Corp, Vinitech, Inc. and World Wide Technology Inc.

Strategic relationships.   We also sell our solutions indirectly through key technology companies such as IBM and Microsoft that offer our solutions in conjunction with one or more of their own products or services. These companies each have a large, established customer base built around a broad platform of products and solutions sold under their own brand, and they promote our products to augment their own branded solutions.

For sales involving a partner such as a distributor, reseller or strategic partner, the partner engages with the prospective customer directly and involves our sales team as needed to assist in developing and closing an order. At the conclusion of a successful sales cycle, we sell the associated subscription, hardware and services to the partner who in turn resells these items to the customer, with the partner earning a fee based on the total value of the order. With the order completed, we provide these customers with direct access to our security-as-a-service platform and other associated services, enabling us to establish a direct relationship and provide them with support as part of ensuring that the customer has a good experience with our platform. At the end of the contract term, the partner engages with the customer to execute a renewal order, with our team providing assistance as required. For 2013, over half of our billings were through one of these partners.

Marketing

Our marketing programs include a variety of online marketing, advertising, conferences, events, white-papers, public relations activities and web-based seminar campaigns targeted at key decision makers within our prospective customers.

We have a number of marketing initiatives to build awareness about our solutions and encourage customer adoption of our solutions. We offer free trials, competitive evaluations and free security and compliance risk audits to allow prospective customers to experience the quality of our solutions, to learn in detail about the features and functionality of our suite, and to quantify the potential benefits of our solutions.

Customer Service and Support

11

Table of Contents


We believe that our customer service and support provide a competitive advantage and are critical to retaining and expanding our customer base. We conduct regular third-party surveys to measure customer loyalty and satisfaction with our solutions.

Proofpoint Support Services
    
We deliver 24x7x365 customer support from support centers located in New York, California, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Canada and the United Kingdom. We offer a wide range of support offerings with varying levels of access to our support resources.

Proofpoint Professional Services and Training

With our security-as-a-service model, our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured, and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that would like to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like some assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. Many implementation services can be completed in one day and are primarily provided remotely using web-based conferencing tools. If requested, our professional services organization also provides additional assistance with data importing, design, implementation, customization, or advanced reporting. We also offer a learning center for both in-person and online training and certification.

Research and Development

We devote significant resources to improve and enhance our existing security solutions and maintain the effectiveness of our platform. We also work closely with our customers to gain valuable insights into their threat environments and security management practices to assist us in designing new solutions and features that extend the data protection, archiving and governance capabilities of our platform. Our technical staff monitors and tests our software on a regular basis, and we maintain a regular release process to update and enhance our existing solutions. Leveraging our on-demand platform model, we can deploy real-time upgrades with no downtime.

Research and development expenses were $34.4 million , $24.8 million and $19.8 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Competition

Our markets are highly competitive, fragmented and subject to rapid changes in technology. We compete primarily with companies that offer a broad array of data protection and governance solutions. Providers of data protection solutions generally have product offerings that include threat protection, virus protection, data loss prevention, flexible remediation, data encryption, and in some cases secure file transfer. Providers of governance solutions generally have product offerings that provide data storage, search, policy enforcement, legal-hold management, and in some cases supervision.

Key competitors include:

Data Protection and Privacy:  Cisco (through its acquisition of IronPort), Google (through its acquisition of Postini), McAfee, an Intel subsidiary (through its acquisitions of Secure Computing and MX Logic), Microsoft (through its acquisition of Frontbridge), and Symantec (through its acquisitions of Brightmail and MessageLabs)

Archiving and Governance:  Hewlett-Packard (through its acquisition of Autonomy) and Symantec (through its acquisitions of KVS and LiveOffice)

We believe we compete favorably based on the following factors:

level of protection against advanced threats;

comprehensiveness and integration of the solution;

flexibility of delivery models;


12

Table of Contents

total cost of ownership;

scalability and performance;

customer support; and

extensibility of platform.

Certain of our competitors have greater sales, marketing and financial resources, more extensive geographic presence and greater name recognition than we do. We may face future competition in our markets from other large, established companies, as well as from emerging companies. In addition, we expect that there is likely to be continued consolidation in our industry that could lead to increased price competition and other forms of competition.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights and protect our proprietary technology. As of December 31, 2013 , we had 40 patents and 13 patent applications. We have a number of registered and unregistered trademarks. We require our employees, consultants and other third parties to enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements and control access to software, documentation and other proprietary information. Although we rely on intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, patents, copyrights and trademarks, as well as contractual protections to establish and protect our proprietary rights, we believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel, creation of new modules, features and functionality, and frequent enhancements to our solutions are more essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary technology and our intellectual property rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology to develop products with the same functionality as our solution. Policing unauthorized use of our technology and intellectual property rights is difficult.

We expect that software and other solutions in our industry may be subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

Employees

As of December 31, 2013 , we had 680 employees. We also engage a number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us. We have not experienced any work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees to be good. Our future success will depend upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Competition for qualified personnel remains intense and we may not be successful in retaining our key employees or attracting skilled personnel.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in 2002. Our principal executive offices are located at 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089, and our telephone number is (408) 517-4710.

Proofpoint, the Proofpoint logo, all of our product names and our other registered or common law trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are our property. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

Available Information

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14 and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The public may obtain these filings at the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)'s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549 or by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Proofpoint and other companies that file materials with the SEC electronically. Copies of Proofpoint's reports on Form 10-K, Forms 10-Q and Forms 8-K, may be obtained, free of charge, electronically through our Internet website, http://

13

Table of Contents

investor.proofpoint.com/financials.cfm, or by sending an electronic message by visiting the Contact Us section within the investor relations portion of our website.


14

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operation and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses, and we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when, if ever, we will achieve profitability in the future.

We have incurred net losses in every year since our inception, including net losses of $27.5 million , $20.4 million and $20.1 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As a result, we had an accumulated deficit of $210.0 million as of December 31, 2013. Achieving profitability will require us to increase revenue, manage our cost structure, and avoid unanticipated liabilities. We do not expect to be profitable in the near term. Revenue growth may slow or revenue may decline for a number of possible reasons, including slowing demand for our solutions, increasing competition, a decrease in the growth of our overall market, or if we fail for any reason to continue to capitalize on growth opportunities. Any failure by us to obtain and sustain profitability, or to continue our revenue growth, could cause the price of our common stock to decline significantly.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to vary significantly and be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

Our operating results have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to do so as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

•    the level of demand for our solutions, including our newly-introduced solutions, and the level of perceived urgency regarding security threats and compliance requirements;

•    the timing of new subscriptions and renewals of existing subscriptions;

•    the mix of solutions sold;

•    the extent to which customers subscribe for additional solutions or increase the number of users;

•    customer budgeting cycles and seasonal buying patterns;

•    the extent to which we bring on new distributors;

•    any changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors, customers, partners or resellers;

•    timing of costs and expenses during a quarter;

•    deferral of orders in anticipation of new solutions or enhancements announced by us;

•    price competition;

•    changes in renewal rates and terms in any quarter;

•    the impact of acquisitions;

•    any disruption in our sales channels or termination of our relationship with important channel partners;

•    general economic conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets;

•    insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our solutions; or

15

Table of Contents


•    future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly financial and other operating results, including fluctuations in our key metrics. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failing to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our shares could fall substantially and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits. In addition, a significant percentage of our operating expenses are fixed in nature and based on forecasted revenue and cash flow trends. Accordingly, in the event of revenue shortfalls, we are generally unable to mitigate the negative impact on margins or other operating results in the short term.

We may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts and investors, and the market price for our common stock could decline. If one or more of the securities analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, the market price for our common stock could decline. Additionally, our stock price may be based on expectations, estimates or forecasts of our future performance that may be unrealistic or may not be achieved. Further our stock price may be affected by financial media, including press reports and blogs.

If we are unable to maintain high subscription renewal rates, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.
Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions for our solutions after the expiration of their initial subscription period, which typically ranges from one to three years. In addition, our customers may renew for fewer subscription services or users, renew for shorter contract lengths or renew at lower prices due to competitive or other pressures. We cannot accurately predict renewal rates and our renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including competition, customers’ IT budgeting and spending priorities, and deteriorating general economic conditions. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions for our solutions, our revenue would decline and our business would suffer.
If we are unable to sell additional solutions to our customers, our future revenue and operating results will be harmed.
Our future success depends on our ability to sell additional solutions to our customers. This may require increasingly sophisticated and costly sales efforts and may not result in additional sales. In addition, the rate at which our customers purchase additional solutions depends on a number of factors, including the perceived need for additional solutions, growth in the number of end-users, and general economic conditions. If our efforts to sell additional solutions to our customers are not successful, our business may suffer.
If our solutions fail to protect our customers from security breaches, our brand and reputation could be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The threats facing our customers are constantly evolving and the techniques used by attackers to access or sabotage data change frequently. As a result, we must constantly update our solutions to respond to these threats. If we fail to update our solutions in a timely or effective manner to respond to these threats, our customers could experience security breaches. Many federal, state and foreign governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving their personal data. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach often lead to widespread negative publicity, and any association of us with such publicity may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach at one of our customers would harm our reputation as a secure and trusted company and could cause the loss of customers. Similarly, if a well-publicized breach of data security at a customer of any other cloud‑based data protection or archiving service provider or other major enterprise cloud services provider were to occur, there could be a loss of confidence in the cloud‑based storage of sensitive data and information generally.
In addition, our solutions work in conjunction with a variety of other elements in customers’ IT and security infrastructure, and we may receive blame and negative publicity for a security breach that may have been the result of the failure of one of the other elements not provided by us. The occurrence of a breach, whether or not caused by our solutions, could delay or reduce market acceptance of our solutions and have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance. In addition, any revisions to our solutions that we believe may be necessary or appropriate in connection with any such breach may cause us to incur significant expenses. Any of these events could have material adverse effects on our brand and reputation, which could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

16

Table of Contents

If our customers experience data losses, our brand, reputation and business could be harmed.
Our customers rely on our archive solutions to store their corporate data, which may include financial records, credit card information, business information, health information, other personally identifiable information or other sensitive personal information. A breach of our network security and systems or other events that cause the loss or public disclosure of, or access by third parties to, our customers’ stored files or data could have serious negative consequences for our business, including possible fines, penalties and damages, reduced demand for our solutions, an unwillingness of our customers to use our solutions, harm to our brand and reputation, and time-consuming and expensive litigation. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service, or sabotage systems change frequently, often are not recognized until launched against a target, and may originate from less regulated or remote areas around the world. As a result, we may be unable to proactively prevent these techniques, implement adequate preventative or reactionary measures, or enforce the laws and regulations that govern such activities. In addition, because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures, human errors or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption, or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant. If our customers experience any data loss, or any data corruption or inaccuracies, whether caused by security breaches or otherwise, our brand, reputation and business would be harmed.
Our errors and omissions insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover any claim against us for loss of data or other indirect or consequential damages. Defending a suit based on any data loss or system disruption, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.
Defects or vulnerabilities in our solutions could harm our reputation, reduce the sales of our solutions and expose us to liability for losses.
Because our solutions are complex, undetected errors, failures or bugs may occur, especially when solutions are first introduced or when new versions or updates are released despite our efforts to test those solutions and enhancements prior to release. We may not be able to correct defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures promptly, or at all.
Any defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures in our solutions could result in:
expenditure of significant financial and development resources in efforts to analyze, correct, eliminate or work around errors or defects or to address and eliminate vulnerabilities;
loss of existing or potential partners or customers;
loss or disclosure of our customers’ confidential information, or the inability to access such information;
loss of our proprietary technology;
our solutions being susceptible to hacking or electronic break-ins or otherwise failing to secure data;
delayed or lost revenue;
delay or failure to attain market acceptance;
lost market share;
negative publicity, which could harm our reputation; or
litigation, regulatory inquiries or investigations that would be costly and harm our reputation.
Limitation of liability provisions in our standard terms and conditions and our other agreements may not adequately or effectively protect us from any claims related to defects, errors, vulnerabilities or failures in our solutions, including as a result of federal, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions in the United States or other countries.
Because we provide security solutions, our software, website and internal systems may be subject to intentional disruption that could adversely impact our reputation and future sales.

17

Table of Contents

We could be a target of attacks specifically designed to impede the performance of our solutions and harm our reputation. Similarly, experienced computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our network security or the security of our website and misappropriate proprietary information and/or cause interruptions of our services. Because the techniques used by such computer hackers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. If an actual or perceived breach of network security occurs, it could adversely affect the market perception of our solutions, and may expose us to the loss of information, litigation and possible liability. In addition, such a security breach could impair our ability to operate our business, including our ability to provide support services to our customers.
We believe that there is a trend for large and mid‑sized enterprises to migrate their on‑premise email systems to cloud‑based offerings. If we fail to successfully develop, market, broaden or enhance our solutions to continue to be attractive to existing customers currently using cloud‑based email systems or to new prospects, our ability to grow or maintain our revenue could be harmed, and our business could suffer.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from our solutions that protect and archive data in our customers’ on-premise email systems and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently derive a portion of our revenue from customers using cloud-based email systems such as Google’s Google Apps and Microsoft’s Office 365, both of which include varying degrees of threat protection and governance services as part of their offering. A significant market shift from on‑premise email systems toward such cloud‑based email systems could decrease demand for our solutions because customers who move to cloud‑based email systems may no longer value our threat and governance solutions and may choose to instead use competing or low cost alternatives from companies such as Google or Microsoft that may offer competing solutions in connection with their cloud-based email systems. If our current or prospective customers who utilize cloud‑based systems fail to find value in our solutions or migrate to these other threat or governance offerings, our business could be adversely affected.
Historically, our solutions have been used primarily for email, and any decrease in the use of email systems by large and mid‑sized enterprises over time, or the failure of our newly developed solutions for emerging methods of communication and collaboration to gain acceptance could harm our business.
Historically, our customers have primarily used our solutions to protect and archive data in their corporate email systems. If the use of email decreases, demand for our solutions would decrease and we may fail to diversify our revenue base by increasing demand for our other technology solutions.
In addition, messaging and collaboration technologies are evolving rapidly. For instance, the widespread adoption and use of mobile devices, unmanaged Internet‑based collaboration and file sharing applications and social networking sites have caused valuable and sensitive data to proliferate well beyond traditional corporate email systems, resulting in new and increasing security risks. We are devoting resources to continue developing and marketing our solutions for these emerging methods of communication and collaboration. However, our customers may not perceive the need to deploy our solutions intended to address these emerging areas. If we are unable to successfully develop, market, broaden or enhance our solutions to address the wider range of threats caused by the proliferation of new technologies and methods of communication, demand for our existing solutions would decrease, and our business would be harmed.
If functionality similar to that offered by our solutions is incorporated into our competitors’ networking products, potential or existing customers may decide against adding our solutions to their network, which would have an adverse effect on our business.
Some large, well-established providers of networking equipment, such as Cisco Systems, Inc. and Juniper Networks, Inc. currently offer, and may continue to introduce, network security features that compete with our solutions, either in stand‑alone security products or as additional features in their network infrastructure products. The inclusion of, or the announcement of an intent to include, functionality perceived to be similar to that offered by our solutions in networking products that are already generally accepted as necessary components of customers’ network architecture may have an adverse effect on our ability to market and sell our solutions. Furthermore, even if the functionality offered by network infrastructure providers is more limited than that offered by our solutions, a significant number of our customers may elect to accept such limited functionality in lieu of adding appliances or software from an additional vendor such as us. Many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to design and operate their networks and have established deep relationships with other providers of networking products, which may make them reluctant to add new third‑party components to their networks.

18

Table of Contents

Our solutions collect, filter and archive customer data which may contain personal information, which raises privacy concerns and could result in us having liability or inhibit sales of our solutions.
Many federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted or are considering adopting laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, and disclosure of personal information. Because many of the features of our solutions use, store, and report on customer data which may contain personal information from our customers, any inability to adequately address privacy concerns, or comply with applicable privacy laws, regulations and policies could, even if unfounded, result in liability to us, damage to our reputation, loss of sales, and harm to our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our solutions and reduce overall demand for them. Privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions. For example, in the United States regulations such as the Gramm‑Leach‑Bliley Act (GLBA), which protects and restricts the use of consumer credit and financial information, and the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which regulates the use and disclosure of personal health information, impose significant security and data protection requirements and obligations on businesses that may affect the use and adoption of our solutions. The European Union has also adopted a data privacy directive that requires member states to impose restrictions on the collection and use of personal data that, in some respects, are more stringent, and impose more significant burdens on subject businesses, than current privacy standards in the United States.
Any failure or perceived failure to comply with laws and regulations may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose users and customers, which could potentially have an adverse effect on our business.
We operate in a highly competitive environment with large, established competitors, and our competitors may gain market share in the markets for our solutions that could adversely affect our business and cause our revenue to decline.

Our traditional competitors include security‑focused software vendors, such as Symantec Corporation and McAfee, Inc., an Intel Corporation subsidiary, which offer software products that directly compete with our solutions. In addition to competing with these vendors directly for sales to customers, we compete with them for the opportunity to have our solutions bundled with the product offerings of our strategic partners. Our competitors could gain market share from us if any of these partners replace our solutions with the products of our competitors or if these partners more actively promote our competitors’ products over our solutions. In addition, software vendors who have bundled our solutions with theirs may choose to bundle their software with their own or other vendors’ software, or may limit our access to standard product interfaces and inhibit our ability to develop solutions for their platform.

We also face competition from large technology companies, such as Cisco, Google Inc., Hewlett‑Packard Company, Intel and Microsoft. These companies are increasingly developing and incorporating into their products data protection and storage software that compete on various levels with our solutions. Our competitive position could be adversely affected to the extent that our customers perceive that the functionality incorporated into these products would replace the need for our solutions or that buying from one vendor would provide them with increased leverage and purchasing power and a better customer experience. We also face competition from many smaller companies that specialize in particular segments of the markets in which we compete.

Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, sales, marketing or other resources than we do and consequently may have the ability to influence our customers to purchase their products instead of ours. Further consolidation within our industry or other changes in the competitive environment could also result in larger competitors that compete with us on several levels. In addition, acquisitions of smaller companies by large technology companies that specialize in particular segments of the markets in which we compete would result in increased competition from these large technology companies. For example, Cisco’s acquisition of IronPort, an email and web security service, resulted in Cisco becoming one of our competitors. If we are unsuccessful in responding to our competitors or to changing technological and customer demands, our competitive position and financial results could be adversely affected.

If we do not effectively expand and train our sales force, we may be unable to add new customers or increase sales to our existing customers and our business will be harmed.
We continue to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers and to sell additional solutions to our existing customers. We believe that there is significant competition for sales personnel with the skills and technical knowledge that we require. Our ability to achieve significant revenue growth will depend, in large part, on our success in

19

Table of Contents

recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel to support our growth. New hires require significant training and may take significant time before they achieve full productivity. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become as productive as we expect, and we may be unable to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business or plan to do business. If we are unable to hire and train sufficient numbers of effective sales personnel, or the sales personnel are not successful in obtaining new customers or increasing sales to our existing customer base, our business will be harmed.
Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, and our sales efforts require considerable time and expense. As a result, our results are difficult to predict and may vary substantially from quarter to quarter, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.
We sell our security and compliance offerings primarily to enterprise IT departments that are managing a growing set of user and compliance demands, which has increased the complexity of customer requirements to be met and confirmed in the sales cycle. Additionally, we have found that increasingly security, legal and compliance departments are involved in testing, evaluating and finally approving purchases, which has also made the sales cycle longer and less predictable. We may not be able to accurately predict or forecast the timing of sales, which makes our future revenue difficult to predict and could cause our results to vary significantly. In addition, we might devote substantial time and effort to a particular unsuccessful sales effort, and as a result we could lose other sales opportunities or incur expenses that are not offset by an increase in revenue, which could harm our business.
Our contributions to cash flow are dependent in part upon our average contract durations, so significant shortening of our average contract durations may cause significant negative impact to our operating results.
With the majority of our business, we invoice our customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the term and these amounts are recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet, with the dollar weighted average duration of these contracts for any given period over the past three years typically ranging from 16 to 23 months. As a result, while our practice of invoicing customers for the entire amount of the contract at the start of the term provides us with a relatively immediate contribution to cash flow, the revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, and hence contributions toward operating income are realized over an extended period.  If these average contract durations were to shorten significantly from their current range, it may cause us to experience less favorable cash flows as compared to our current operating condition, requiring us to seek additional sources of capital to fund our operations.
Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand the sales of our platform to our customers located outside of the United States, our business will be increasingly susceptible to risks associated with international operations.
One key element of our growth strategy is to develop a worldwide customer base and expand our operations worldwide. We have added employees, offices and customers internationally, particularly in Europe and Asia, and while our international revenue has declined as a percentage of total revenue in 2013 as compared to 2012, international revenue has grown on an overall basis.
Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and will subject us to regulatory, economic, political and competitive risks and competition that are different from those in the United States. Because of our limited experience with international operations, we cannot assure you that our international expansion efforts will be successful or that expected returns on such investments will be achieved in the future.
In addition, our international operations may fail to succeed due to other risks inherent in operating businesses internationally, including:
our lack of familiarity with commercial and social norms and customs in other countries which may adversely affect our ability to recruit, retain and manage employees in these countries;
difficulties and costs associated with staffing and managing foreign operations;
the potential diversion of management’s attention to oversee and direct operations that are geographically distant from our U.S. headquarters;

20

Table of Contents

compliance with multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;
legal systems in which our ability to enforce and protect our rights may be different or less effective than in the United States, including more limited protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
immaturity of compliance regulations in other jurisdictions, which may lower demand for our solutions;
greater difficulty with payment collections and longer payment cycles;
higher employee costs and difficulty terminating non-performing employees;
differences in work place cultures;
the need to adapt our solutions for specific countries;
our ability to comply with differing technical and certification requirements outside the United States;
tariffs, export controls and other non-tariff barriers such as quotas and local content rules;
adverse tax consequences;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
restrictions on the transfer of funds;
anti-bribery compliance by us or our partners, including under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; and
new and different sources of competition.
Our failure to manage any of these risks successfully could harm our existing and future international operations and seriously impair our overall business.
If the market for our delivery model and cloud computing services develops more slowly than we expect, our business could be harmed.
Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of enterprises, large and small, to increase their use of cloud computing services. The market for messaging security and data compliance solutions delivered as a service in particular is at an early stage relative to on-premise solutions, and these applications may not achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. Many enterprises have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software or hardware appliances for these applications into their businesses or may be reluctant or unwilling to use cloud computing services because they have concerns regarding the risks associated with reliability and security, among other things, of this delivery model, or its ability to help them comply with applicable laws and regulations. If enterprises do not perceive the benefits of this delivery model, then the market for our services may develop more slowly than we expect, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.
If we are unable to enhance our existing solutions and develop new solutions, our growth will be harmed and we may not be able to achieve profitability.
Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers will depend in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and to introduce new solutions. The success of any enhancement or new solution depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of the enhancement or solution. Any new enhancement or solution we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. If we are unable to successfully develop or acquire new solutions or enhance our existing solutions to meet customer requirements, we may not grow as expected and we may not achieve profitability.
We cannot be certain that our development activities will be successful or that we will not incur delays or cost overruns. Furthermore, we may not have sufficient financial resources to identify and develop new technologies and bring

21

Table of Contents

enhancements or new solutions to market in a timely and cost-effective manner. New technologies and enhancements could be delayed or cost more than we expect, and we cannot ensure that any of these solutions will be commercially successful if and when they are introduced.
If we are unable to cost-effectively scale or adapt our existing architecture to accommodate increased traffic, technological advances or changing customer requirements, our operating results could be harmed.
As our customer base grows, the number of users accessing our solutions over the Internet will correspondingly increase. Increased traffic could result in slow access speeds and response times. Since our customer agreements often include service availability commitments, slow speeds or our failure to accommodate increased traffic could result in breaches of our service level agreements or obligate us to issue service credits. In addition, the market for our solutions is characterized by rapid technological advances and changes in customer requirements. In order to accommodate increased traffic and respond to technological advances and evolving customer requirements, we expect that we will be required to make future investments in our network architecture. If we do not implement future upgrades to our network architecture cost-effectively, or if we experience prolonged delays or unforeseen difficulties in connection with upgrading our network architecture, our service quality may suffer and our operating results could be harmed.
If we fail to manage our sales and distribution channels effectively or if our partners choose not to market and sell our solutions to their customers, our operating results could be adversely affected.
We have derived and anticipate that in the future we will continue to derive a substantial portion of the sales of our solutions through channel partners. In order to scale our channel program to support growth in our business, it is important that we continue to help our partners enhance their ability to independently sell and deploy our solutions. We may be unable to continue to successfully expand and improve the effectiveness of our channel sales program.
Our agreements with our channel partners are generally non-exclusive and some of our channel partners have entered, and may continue to enter, into strategic relationships with our competitors or are competitors themselves. Further, many of our channel partners have multiple strategic relationships and they may not regard us as significant for their businesses. Our channel partners may terminate their respective relationships with us with limited or no notice and with limited or no penalty, pursue other partnerships or relationships, or attempt to develop or acquire products or services that compete with our solutions. Our partners also may impair our ability to enter into other desirable strategic relationships. If our channel partners do not effectively market and sell our solutions, if they choose to place greater emphasis on products of their own or those offered by our competitors, or if they fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our solutions may be adversely affected. Similarly, the loss of a substantial number of our channel partners, and our possible inability to replace them, the failure to recruit additional channel partners, any reduction or delay in their sales of our solutions, or any conflicts between channel sales and our direct sales and marketing activities could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
Because we recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant service period, decreases or increases in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results.
We recognize revenue from subscriptions over the term of the relevant service period, which typically range from one to three years, with some up to five years. As a result, most of our quarterly revenue from subscriptions results from agreements entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our solutions in any quarter may not significantly reduce our subscription revenue for that quarter, but could negatively affect subscription revenue in future quarters. We may be unable to adjust our cost structure to compensate for this potential shortfall in subscription revenue. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales of subscriptions may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our subscription revenue through additional sales in any period, as subscription revenue must be recognized over the term of the contract.
Interruptions or delays in services provided by third parties could impair the delivery of our service and harm our business.
We currently serve our customers from third‑party data center hosting facilities located in the United States, Canada and Europe. We also rely on bandwidth providers, Internet service providers, and mobile networks to deliver our solutions. Any damage to, or failure of, the systems of our third‑party providers could result in interruptions to our service. If for any reason our arrangement with one or more of our data centers is terminated we could experience additional expense in arranging for

22

Table of Contents

new facilities and support. Our data center facilities providers have no obligations to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew our agreements with the facilities providers on commercially reasonable terms or if in the future we add additional data center facility providers, we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer to, or the addition of, new data center facilities. In addition, the failure of our data centers to meet our capacity requirements could result in interruptions in the availability of our solutions, impair the functionality of our solutions or impede our ability to scale our operations. As we continue to add data centers, restructure our data management plans, and increase capacity in existing and future data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data. Despite precautions taken during such processes and procedures, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service, and we may experience costs or downtime in connection with the transfer of data to other facilities.
We also depend on access to the Internet through third‑party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our bandwidth providers, or if these providers experience outages, for any reason, we could experience disruption in delivering our solutions or we could be required to retain the services of a replacement bandwidth provider. Our business also depends on our customers having high-speed access to the Internet. Any Internet outages or delays could adversely affect our ability to provide our solutions to our customers.
Our operations also rely heavily on the availability of electricity, which also comes from third‑party providers. If we or the third‑party data center facilities that we use to deliver our services were to experience a major power outage or if the cost of electricity were to increase significantly, our operations and financial results could be harmed. If we or our third‑party data centers were to experience a major power outage, we or they would have to rely on back-up generators, which might not work properly or might not provide an adequate supply during a major power outage. Such a power outage could result in a significant disruption of our business.
The occurrence of an extended interruption of our or third‑party services for any reason could result in lengthy interruptions in our services or in the delivery of customers’ email and require us to provide service credits, refunds, indemnification payments or other payments to our customers, and could also result in the loss of customers.
Any failure to offer high-quality technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.
Once our solutions are deployed, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve any technical issues relating to our solutions. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our solutions and business reputation and on strong recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We offer technical support services with many of our solutions. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.
We have outsourced a substantial portion of our worldwide customer support functions to third‑party service providers. If these companies experience financial difficulties, do not maintain sufficiently skilled workers and resources to satisfy our contracts, or otherwise fail to perform at a sufficient level, the level of support services to our customers may be significantly disrupted, which could materially harm our reputation and our relationships with these customers.
If we fail to develop or protect our brand, our business may be harmed.
We believe that developing and maintaining awareness and integrity of our company and our brand are important to achieving widespread acceptance of our existing and future offerings and are important elements in attracting new customers. We believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market further intensifies. Successful promotion of our brand will depend on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on our ability to provide reliable and useful solutions at competitive prices. We plan to continue investing substantial resources to promote our brand, both domestically and internationally, but there is no guarantee that our brand development strategies will enhance the recognition of our brand. Some of our existing and potential competitors have well-established brands with greater recognition than we have. If our efforts to promote and maintain our brand are not successful, our operating results and our ability to attract and retain

23

Table of Contents

customers may be adversely affected. In addition, even if our brand recognition and loyalty increases, this may not result in increased use of our solutions or higher revenue.
In addition, independent industry analysts often provide reviews of our solutions, as well as those of our competitors, and perception of our solutions in the marketplace may be significantly influenced by these reviews. We have no control over what these industry analysts report, and because industry analysts may influence current and potential customers, our brand could be harmed if they do not provide a positive review of our solutions or view us as a market leader.
The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate.
We rely on a combination of contractual rights, trademarks, trade secrets, patents and copyrights to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. These offer only limited protection, however, and the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technology may not deter its misuse, theft or misappropriation. Any of our patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Competitors may independently develop technologies or products that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions or that inappropriately incorporate our proprietary technology into their products. Competitors may hire our former employees who may misappropriate our proprietary technology or misuse our confidential information. Although we rely in part upon confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants and other third parties to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, those agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other confidential information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of misappropriation of trade secrets or unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets and confidential information, and in such cases we could not assert any trade secret rights against such parties.
We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our intellectual property rights or misappropriation of our trade secrets, or to establish the validity of our intellectual property rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Certain jurisdictions may not provide adequate legal infrastructure for effective protection of our intellectual property rights. Changing legal interpretations of liability for unauthorized use of our solutions or lessened sensitivity by corporate, government or institutional users to refraining from intellectual property piracy or other infringements of intellectual property could also harm our business.
Our issued patents may not provide us with any competitive advantages or may be challenged by third parties, and our patent applications may never be granted at all. It is possible that innovations for which we seek patent protection may not be protectable. Additionally, the process of obtaining patent protection is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Given the cost, effort, risks and downside of obtaining patent protection, including the requirement to ultimately disclose the invention to the public, we may not choose to seek patent protection for certain innovations. However, such patent protection could later prove to be important to our business. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that any patents will have the coverage originally sought or adequately protect our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. Any patents that are issued may be invalidated or otherwise limited, or may lapse or may be abandoned, enabling other companies to better develop products that compete with our solutions, which could adversely affect our competitive business position, business prospects and financial condition.
We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to protect our intellectual property will adequately protect us, and any failure to protect our intellectual property could harm our business.
Third parties claiming that we infringe their intellectual property rights could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and prevent us from selling our solutions.
Companies in the software and technology industries, including some of our current and potential competitors, own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and frequently enter into litigation based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of intellectual property rights. In addition, many of these companies have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. The litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our potential patents may provide little or no deterrence. We have received, and

24

Table of Contents

may in the future receive, notices that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated other parties’ intellectual property rights. To the extent we gain greater visibility, we face a higher risk of being the subject of intellectual property infringement claims, which is not uncommon with respect to software technologies in general and information security technology in particular. There may be third‑party intellectual property rights, including issued or pending patents that cover significant aspects of our technologies or business methods. Any intellectual property claims, with or without merit, could be very time consuming, could be expensive to settle or litigate and could divert our management’s attention and other resources. These claims could also subject us to significant liability for damages, potentially including treble damages if we are found to have willfully infringed patents or copyrights. These claims could also result in our having to stop using technology found to be in violation of a third-party’s rights. We might be required to seek a license for the intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Even if a license were available, we could be required to pay significant royalties, which would increase our operating expenses. As a result, we may be required to develop alternative non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense. If we cannot license or develop technology for any infringing aspect of our business, we would be forced to limit or stop sales of one or more of our solutions or features of our solutions and may be unable to compete effectively. Any of these results would harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, our agreements with customers and channel partners include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of intellectual property infringement and, in some cases, for damages caused by us to property or persons. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We rely on technology and intellectual property licensed from other parties, the failure or loss of which could increase our costs and delay or prevent the delivery of our solutions.
We utilize various types of software and other technology, as well as intellectual property rights, licensed from unaffiliated third parties in order to provide certain elements of our solutions. Any errors or defects in any third‑party technology could result in errors in our solutions that could harm our business. In addition, licensed technology and intellectual property rights may not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. While we believe that there are currently adequate replacements for the third‑party technology we use, any loss of the right to use any of this technology on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, could result in delays in producing or delivering our solutions until equivalent technology is identified and integrated, which delays could harm our business. In this situation we would be required to either redesign our solutions to function with software available from other parties or to develop these components ourselves, which would result in increased costs. Furthermore, we might be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions. If we fail to maintain or renegotiate any of these technology or intellectual property licenses, we could face significant delays and diversion of resources in attempting to develop similar or replacement technology, or to license and integrate a functional equivalent of the technology.
Some of our solutions contain “open source” software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.
Some of our solutions are distributed with software licensed by its authors or other third parties under so-called “open source” licenses, which may include, by way of example, the GNU General Public License, or GPL, and the Apache License. Some of these licenses contain requirements that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon the open source software, and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of a particular open source license or other license granting third parties certain rights of further use. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software, and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and solutions. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. We have established processes to help alleviate these risks, including a review process for screening requests from our development organizations for the use of open source software, but we cannot be sure that all open source software is submitted for approval prior to use in our solutions, that our programmers have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary solutions and technologies or that they will not do so in the future. In addition, many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated, and could, if not properly addressed, negatively affect our business.

25

Table of Contents

Governmental regulations affecting the export of certain of our solutions could negatively affect our business.
Our products are subject to U.S. export controls, and we incorporate encryption technology into certain of our products. These encryption products and the underlying technology may be exported outside the United States only with the required export authorizations, including by license, a license exception or other appropriate government authorizations, including the filing of an encryption registration. Governmental regulation of encryption technology and regulation of imports or exports, or our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products, could harm our international sales and adversely affect our revenue.
Failure to comply with such regulations in the future could result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges, which could also harm our operating results.
We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods. If we fail to manage such growth and our future growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or adequately address competitive challenges.
We have experienced significant growth in recent periods. For example, we grew from 158 employees as of December 31, 2007 to 680 as of December 31, 2013 . This growth has placed, and any future growth may place, a significant strain on our management and operational infrastructure, including our hosting operations. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to manage these changes effectively. We will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth could result in declines in service quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties in introducing new features or other operational difficulties. Any failure to effectively manage growth could adversely impact our business and reputation.
We have and may further expand through acquisitions of, or investments in, other companies, which may divert our management’s attention, dilute our stockholders and consume corporate resources that otherwise would be necessary to sustain and grow our business.
We have made multiple acquisitions in 2013 and our business strategy may, from time to time, continue to include acquiring complementary products, technologies or businesses. We also may enter into relationships with other businesses in order to expand our solutions, which could involve preferred or exclusive licenses, additional channels of distribution, or investments by or between the two parties. Negotiating these transactions can be time consuming, difficult and expensive, and our ability to close these transactions may be subject to third‑party approvals, such as government regulation, which are beyond our control. Consequently, we can make no assurance that these transactions, once undertaken and announced, will close.
These kinds of transactions may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel or operations of acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired business choose not to work for us, and we may have difficulty retaining the customers of any acquired business. Acquisitions may also disrupt our ongoing business, divert our resources and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our business. Any acquisition or investment could expose us to unknown liabilities. In addition, as of December 31, 2013 , we had $86.7 million in goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. We may in the future need to incur charges with respect to the write-down or impairment of goodwill or intangible assets, which could adversely affect our operating results. Moreover, we cannot assure you that the anticipated benefits of any acquisition or investment would be realized or that we would not be exposed to unknown liabilities. In connection with these types of transactions, we may issue additional equity securities that would dilute our stockholders, use cash that we may need in the future to operate our business, incur debt on terms unfavorable to us or that we are unable to repay, incur large charges or substantial liabilities, encounter difficulties integrating diverse business cultures, and become subject to adverse tax consequences, substantial depreciation or deferred compensation charges. These challenges related to acquisitions or investments could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, lose key personnel, fail to integrate replacement personnel successfully, or fail to manage our employee base effectively, we may be unable to develop new and enhanced solutions, effectively manage or expand our business, or increase our revenue.

26

Table of Contents

Our future success depends upon our ability to recruit and retain key management, technical, sales, marketing, finance, and other critical personnel. Despite the economic downturn, competition for qualified management, technical and other personnel is intense, and we may not be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel. If we fail to attract and retain qualified employees, our ability to grow our business could be harmed. Our officers and other key personnel are employees-at-will, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain them. Competition for people with the specific skills that we require is significant. In order to attract and retain personnel in a competitive marketplace, we believe that we must provide a competitive compensation package, including cash and equity‑based compensation. Volatility in our stock price may from time to time adversely affect our ability to recruit or retain employees. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified employees, or conversely, if we fail to manage employee performance or reduce staffing levels when required by market conditions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.
In addition, hiring, training, and successfully integrating replacement personnel could be time consuming, may cause additional disruptions to our operations, and may be unsuccessful, which could negatively impact future revenue.
Changes in laws and/or regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our solutions, and could have a negative impact on our business.
The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our solutions in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet‑related commerce or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet‑based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our solutions.
The legal and regulatory framework also drives demand for our solutions. Our customers are subject to laws, regulations and internal policies that mandate how they process, handle, store, use and transmit a variety of sensitive data and communications. These laws and regulations are subject to revision, change and interpretation at any time, and any such change could either help or hurt the demand for our solutions. We cannot be sure that the legal and regulatory framework in any given jurisdiction will be favorable to our business or that we will be able to sustain or grow our business if there are any adverse changes to these laws and regulations.
If we are required to collect sales and use taxes on the solutions we sell, we may be subject to liability for past sales and our future sales may decrease.
State and local taxing jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of sales taxes to our subscription services in various jurisdictions is unclear. It is possible that we could face sales tax audits and that our liability for these taxes could exceed our estimates as state tax authorities could still assert that we are obligated to collect additional amounts as taxes from our customers and remit those taxes to those authorities. We could also be subject to audits with respect to state and international jurisdictions for which we have not accrued tax liabilities. A successful assertion that we should be collecting additional sales or other taxes on our services in jurisdictions where we have not historically done so and do not accrue for sales taxes could result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our application or otherwise harm our business and operating results.
Adverse conditions in the national and global economies and financial markets may adversely affect our business and financial results.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on the state of the economy, which deteriorated in the recent broad recession, and which may deteriorate in the future. Challenging economic conditions worldwide have from time to time contributed, and may continue to contribute, to slowdowns in the information technology industry, resulting in reduced demand for our solutions as a result of continued constraints on IT-related capital spending by our customers and increased price competition for our solutions. Moreover, we target some of our solutions to the financial services industry and therefore if there is consolidation in that industry, or layoffs, or lack of funding for IT purchases, our business may suffer. If unfavorable

27

Table of Contents

economic conditions continue or worsen, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.
Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, power outages, floods and other catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as terrorism.
Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. We have significant operations in the Silicon Valley area of Northern California, a region known for seismic activity. A major earthquake or other natural disaster, fire, act of terrorism or other catastrophic event that results in the destruction or disruption of any of our critical business operations or information technology systems could severely affect our ability to conduct normal business operations and, as a result, our future operating results could be harmed. These negative events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our services to our customers, and could decrease demand for our services. Because we do not carry earthquake insurance for direct quake‑related losses, and significant recovery time could be required to resume operations, our financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected in the event of a major earthquake or catastrophic event.
A portion of our revenue is generated by sales to government entities, which are subject to a number of challenges and risks.
Sales to U.S. and foreign federal, state and local governmental agency customers have accounted for a portion of our revenue in past periods, and we may in the future increase sales to government entities. Sales into government entities are subject to a number of risks. Selling to government entities can be highly competitive, expensive and time consuming, often requiring significant upfront time and expense without any assurance that we will win a sale. We have invested in the creation of a cloud offering certified under the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA) for government usage but we cannot be sure that we will continue to sustain or renew this certification, that the government will continue to mandate such certification or that other government agencies or entities will use this cloud offering. Government demand and payment for our solutions may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding authorizations, with funding reductions or delays adversely affecting public sector demand for our solutions. Government entities may have contractual or other legal rights to terminate contracts with our distributors and resellers for convenience or due to a default, and any such termination may adversely impact our future results of operations. For example, if the distributor receives a significant portion of its revenue from sales to such governmental entity, the financial health of the distributor could be substantially harmed, which could negatively affect our future sales to such distributor. Governments routinely investigate and audit government contractors’ administrative processes, and any unfavorable audit could result in the government refusing to continue buying our solutions, a reduction of revenue or fines or civil or criminal liability if the audit uncovers improper or illegal activities. Any such penalties could adversely impact our results of operations in a material way.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired.
As a public company, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market. We expect that the requirements of these rules and regulations will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming and costly, and place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources.
The Sarbanes‑Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. We are continuing to develop and refine our disclosure controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that information required to be disclosed in reports under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our principal executive and financial officers.
Our current controls and any new controls that we develop may become inadequate because of changes in conditions in our business. Further, weaknesses in our internal controls may be discovered in the future. Any failure to develop or maintain effective controls, or any difficulties encountered in their implementation or improvement, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and may result in a restatement of our financial statements for prior periods. Any failure to implement and maintain effective internal controls also could adversely affect the results of periodic management evaluations and annual independent registered public accounting firm report regarding the effectiveness of our

28

Table of Contents

internal control over financial reporting that we are required to include in our Annual Report on Form 10-K we will file with the SEC under Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. Ineffective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial and other information, which would likely have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.
In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have expended, and anticipate that we will continue to expend, significant resources, including accounting‑related costs, and provide significant management oversight. Any failure to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In the event that we or our independent registered public accounting firm are not able to complete the work required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act on a timely basis, or we are not able to demonstrate compliance with Section 404, we could be subject to late filings of our annual and quarterly reports, restatements of consolidated financial statements or other corrective disclosure, and, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and our stock price could decline. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on The NASDAQ Global Market.
We have been incurring significantly increased costs and devoting substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.
As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are required to comply with certain of the requirements of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act and the Dodd Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC, and the NASDAQ Global Market, our stock exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements.
We have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. In that regard, we have just implemented in the third quarter of 2013 an internal audit function, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.
Risks Related to the Ownership of Our Common Stock
Our stock price has been volatile in the past and may be subject to volatility in the future.     
The trading prices of our common stock has been volatile historically, and is likely to continue to be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors described below. These factors, as well as the volatility of our common stock, could also impact the price of our convertible notes. Factors affecting the market price of our securities include:
variations in our revenue, billings, gross margin, operating results, free cash flow, loss per share and how these results compare to analyst expectations;
forward looking guidance that we may provide regarding financial metrics such as billings, revenue, gross margin, operating results, free cash flow, and loss per share;
announcements of technological innovations, new products or services, strategic alliances, acquisitions or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;
disruptions in our cloud-based operations or services or disruptions of other prominent cloud-based operations or services;
the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry, and the industries of our customers;

29

Table of Contents

trading activity by directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares;
the size of our market float and significant option exercises;

any future issuances of securities;

sales and purchases of any common stock issued upon conversion of our convertible notes; and

any other factors discussed herein.
In addition, the stock markets in general and the NASDAQ Global Market in particular, have experienced substantial price and volume volatility that is often seemingly unrelated to the operating results of any particular companies. Moreover, if the market for technology stocks, especially security and cloud computing-related stocks, or the stock market in general experiences uneven investor confidence, the market price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition. The market price for our stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other companies within, or outside, our industry, even if these events do not directly affect us. Some companies that have experienced volatility in the trading price of their stock have been subject of securities litigation. If we are the subject of such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.
We have indebtedness in the form of convertible senior notes.
In December 2013, we completed an offering of $201.3 million aggregate principal amount of 1.25% convertible senior notes (the "Notes") due 2018. As a result of this convertible notes offering, we incurred $201.3 million principal amount of indebtedness, the principal amount of which we may be required to pay at maturity in 2018, or, upon the occurrence of a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture). There can be no assurance that we will be able to repay this indebtedness when due, or that we will be able to refinance this indebtedness on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, this indebtedness could, among other things:
make it difficult for us to pay other obligations;

make it difficult to obtain favorable terms for any necessary future financing for working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service the indebtedness, reducing the amount of cash flow available for other purposes; and

limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business.

Conversion of our Notes may affect the price of our common stock and the value of the Notes.

The conversion of some or all of our Notes may dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares of common stock upon conversion. Holders of the Notes will be able to convert them only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions prior to June 15, 2018. Upon conversion, holders of the Notes will receive cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at our election. Any sales in the public market of shares of common stock issued upon conversion of such Notes could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and the value of the Notes.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying or preventing an acquisition of our company deemed undesirable by our board of directors. These provisions could also reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

30

Table of Contents

creating a classified board of directors whose members serve staggered three-year terms;
authorizing “blank check” preferred stock, which could be issued by our board without stockholder approval which may contain voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights which are superior to our common stock;
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;
limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings by providing that any stockholder action must be effected at a duly called meeting of the stockholders and not by a consent in writing, and providing that only our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or President may call a special meeting of the stockholders; and
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors.
These provisions, alone or together, could frustrate, delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.
In addition, the fundamental changes provisions of our Notes may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, because those provisions allow note holders to require us to repurchase such Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the indenture for the Notes). Furthermore, the indenture for the Notes prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the Notes.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common stock from engaging in certain business combinations merging or combining with us without approval of the holders of a substantial majority of all of our outstanding common stock.
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new solutions could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. If we issue equity securities in any additional financing, the new securities may have rights and preferences senior to our common stock. If we engage in debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
develop or enhance our application and services;
continue to expand our product development, sales and marketing organizations;
acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;
expand operations, in the United States or internationally;
hire, train and retain employees; or
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements.
We do not anticipate paying cash dividends, and accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.
We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the future. As a result, only appreciation of the price of our common stock will provide a return to our stockholders. Investors seeking cash dividends should not invest in our common stock.

31

Table of Contents

The terms of our credit agreement also prohibit us from paying dividends.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters, which includes our operations and research and development facilities, is located in Sunnyvale, California, and currently consists of 74,338 square feet of space under a lease that expires in 2014, with a three-year extension option. The extension option is currently in negotiation as of the filing date of the Annual Report on Form 10-K and will include an expansion of office space.

We lease additional U.S. offices in Draper, Utah and Herndon, Virginia. We also lease offices in Toronto, Canada; Paris, France; Tokyo, Japan; Singapore; Reading and Heathrow, United Kingdom; Frankfurt, Germany; Belfast, Ireland; and Taipei, Taiwan. We believe our facilities are adequate for our current needs and for the foreseeable future.

The following is a list of our locations and the primary functions.

Location
Primary function
Sunnyvale, California, U.S.
Research and development, sales, marketing and administration
Draper, Utah, U.S.
Research and development, sales, marketing and administration
Herndon, Virginia, U.S.
Sales
Westminster, Colorado, U.S.
Research and development
Toronto, Canada
Research and development, sales, marketing and administration
Reading, United Kingdom
Research and development, sales and marketing
Heathrow, United Kingdom
Sales
Paris, France
Sales
Tokyo, Japan
Sales
Singapore
Sales
Belfast, Ireland
Research and development, sales and marketing
Taipei, Taiwan
Research and development, sales, marketing and administration
Frankfurt, Germany
Sales and marketing

We operate eight data centers at third-party facilities throughout the world: three in the United States, two in Canada, one each in the Netherlands, Germany and Ireland.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

On December 16, 2013, Finjan, Inc. sued us and Armorize Technologies, Inc. in the United States District Court, Northern District of California for alleged patent infringement of a variety of its patents, demanding preliminary and permanent injunctive relief,  and unspecified damages. We filed an answer to this complaint on February 10, 2014. An initial case management conference is scheduled for April 2014. We intend to vigorously defend this lawsuit. Based on the early stage of the claims and evaluation of the facts available at this time, the amount or range of reasonable possible losses to which the Company is exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact, if any, remains uncertain at this time. However, intellectual property litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending any litigation or the resolution of this dispute would not have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows.
From time to time, we may be involved in other legal proceedings and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Although the results of legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe we are not currently a party to any legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition. Regardless of the

32

Table of Contents

outcome, such proceedings can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.


33

Table of Contents

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Price of Our Common Stock

Our common stock has traded on the NASDAQ Global Market since April 20, 2012, under the symbol PFPT. Prior to this date, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table set forth, for the periods, indicated, the high and low sales price of our common shares as reported by the NASDAQ Global Market.

 
 
 
High
 
Low
Year Ended December 31, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
First Quarter
January 1, 2013 - March 31, 2013
 
$
17.13

 
$
12.57

Second Quarter
April 1, 2013 - June 30, 2013
 
$
24.34

 
$
16.63

Third Quarter
July 1, 2013 - September 30, 2013
 
$
32.12

 
$
23.52

Fourth Quarter
October 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013
 
$
33.51

 
$
26.81

Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
Second Quarter
April 20, 2012 - June 30, 2012
 
$
17.14

 
$
12.45

Third Quarter
July 1, 2012 - September 30, 2012
 
$
16.90

 
$
12.44

Fourth Quarter
October 1, 2012 - December 31, 2012
 
$
14.14

 
$
10.05


Holders of our Common Shares

As of February 28, 2014 , there were 75 stockholders of record, although we believe that there are a larger number of beneficial owners as many of our shares of our common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings and do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements and overall financial conditions. In addition, the terms of our equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank limit our ability to pay dividends.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
We made no sales of unregistered securities during the three months ended December 31, 2013 .
Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock
There has been no material change in the use of proceeds from our initial public offering in April 2012.
Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows a comparison from April 20, 2012 through December 31, 2013 , of the cumulative total return for our common stock, the NASDAQ Composite Index, and the NASDAQ Computer Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on April 20, 2012 and reinvestment of any dividends. The comparisons in the graph below are required by the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common shares.


34

Table of Contents


 
Three months ended
 
April 20, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
December 31, 2012
 
March 31, 2013
 
June 30, 2013
 
September 30, 2013
 
December 31, 2013
Proofpoint, Inc.
100.00
 
120.38
 
105.47
 
87.43
 
119.74
 
172.23
 
228.13
 
235.58
NASDAQ Composite - Total Returns
100.00
 
98.09
 
104.50
 
101.92
 
110.60
 
115.60
 
128.54
 
142.87
NASDAQ Computer Index
100.00
 
96.61
 
102.81
 
95.61
 
98.11
 
100.36
 
111.94
 
128.24

The above stock Performance Graph and related information shall not be deemed "filed" with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Proofpoint, Inc. made under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present selected historical financial data for our business. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 from our audited financial statements not included in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.


35

Table of Contents

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

 
$
57,657

 
$
42,135

Hardware and services
5,869

 
4,825

 
7,942

 
7,133

 
6,393

Total revenue
137,931

 
106,295

 
81,838

 
64,790

 
48,528

Cost of revenue: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
35,438

 
28,246

 
24,193

 
24,523

 
19,150

Hardware and services
6,124

 
4,867

 
5,537

 
4,082

 
3,309

Total cost of revenue
41,562

 
33,113

 
29,730

 
28,605

 
22,459

Gross profit
96,369

 
73,182

 
52,108

 
36,185

 
26,069

Operating expense: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
34,449

 
24,827

 
19,779

 
17,583

 
11,831

Sales and marketing
71,781

 
55,239

 
42,676

 
31,161

 
27,883

General and administrative
19,622

 
12,693

 
9,237

 
7,465

 
5,678

Total operating expense
125,852

 
92,759

 
71,692

 
56,209

 
45,392

Operating loss
(29,483
)
 
(19,577
)
 
(19,584
)
 
(20,024
)
 
(19,323
)
Interest (expense) income, net
(641
)
 
(108
)
 
(300
)
 
(340
)
 
87

Other (expense) income, net
(215
)
 
(154
)
 
113

 
(258
)
 
(269
)
Loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(30,339
)
 
(19,839
)
 
(19,771
)
 
(20,622
)
 
(19,505
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
2,808

 
(521
)
 
(370
)
 
(243
)
 
(233
)
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
 
$
(20,865
)
 
$
(19,738
)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$
(0.79
)
 
$
(0.85
)
 
$
(5.03
)
 
$
(5.83
)
 
$
(6.14
)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (2)
34,874

 
24,056

 
4,005

 
3,575

 
3,212

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Includes stock-based compensation and amortization of intangible assets as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
(in thousands)
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
1,007

 
$
657

 
$
366

 
$
357

 
$
275

Cost of hardware and services revenue
196

 
70

 
29

 
17

 
11

Research and development
3,608

 
1,869

 
1,247

 
1,010

 
848

Sales and marketing
4,270

 
3,103

 
1,976

 
1,113

 
1,030

General and administrative
3,002

 
1,622

 
930

 
868

 
732

Amortization of intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
2,220

 
$
2,785

 
$
3,772

 
$
3,745

 
$
3,371

Research and development
47

 
30

 
1

 

 

Sales and marketing
1,743

 
461

 
769

 
637

 
408

General and administrative
34

 

 

 

 


(2)
Please see Note 12, "Net Loss Per Share" of our notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock.


36

Table of Contents

 
As of December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
$
251,801

 
$
86,517

 
$
12,714

 
$
12,747

 
$
11,317

Property and equipment, net
11,221

 
8,560

 
7,353

 
4,630

 
4,455

Total assets
390,559

 
140,441

 
67,952

 
62,352

 
63,722

Convertible senior notes
152,928

 

 

 

 

Debt, current and long-term
2,350

 
4,012

 
4,981

 
264

 
741

Deferred revenue, current and long-term
123,983

 
86,859

 
76,240

 
69,101

 
57,346

Convertible preferred stock

 

 
109,911

 
109,820

 
108,329

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)
77,160

 
33,808

 
(137,347
)
 
(128,401
)
 
(112,142
)

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements are often identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “estimate,” or “continue,” and similar expressions or variations. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results and the timing of certain events to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified herein, and those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors”, set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K. Except as required by law, we disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

Overview

Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service ("SaaS") vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. Our SaaS platform is comprised of an integrated suite of on-demand data protection solutions, including threat management, regulatory compliance, data governance, and secure communication.

We were founded in 2002 to provide a unified solution to help enterprises address their growing data security requirements. Our first solution was commercially released in 2003 to combat the burgeoning problem of spam and viruses and their impact on corporate email systems. As the threat environment has continued to evolve, we have dedicated significant resources to meet the ongoing challenges that this highly dynamic environment creates for our customers such as investing significantly to expand the breadth of our data protection platform with $7.1 million and $5.9 million spent in 2013 and 2012, respectively, on capital spending to support infrastructure expansion. These expenditures are primarily in connection with the replacement and upgrade of equipment to lower the cost of deployment as well as to improve the efficiency for our cloud-based architecture.

Since early 2013, we have launched Proofpoint Essentials, a suite of SaaS security and compliance capabilities designed to meet the needs of managed service providers and dedicated security resellers, enabling these partners to offer their customers this full suite of cloud-based solutions. We also introduced Proofpoint's Social Platform for Archiving, which provides our customers a quick path to regulatory compliance regarding their social media usage, enabling them to leverage a wide range of social media platforms such as Yammer, Chatter and Facebook while adhering to strict compliance standards. Additionally, we introduced Proofpoint Secure Share which allows enterprises to securely exchange large files with ease in a cloud-based environment.


37

Table of Contents

Our business is based on a recurring revenue model. Our customers pay a subscription fee to license the various components of our SaaS platform for a contract term that is typically one to three years. At the end of the license term, customers may renew their subscription and in each year since the launch of our first solution in 2003, we have retained over 90% of our customers. We derive this retention rate by calculating the total annually recurring subscription revenue from customers currently using our SaaS platform and dividing it by the total annually recurring subscription revenue from both these current customers as well as all business lost through non-renewal. A growing number of our customers increase their annual subscription fees after their initial purchase by broadening their use of our platform or by adding more users, and these sales have consistently represented 15% or more of our billings each year since 2008. As our business has grown, our subscription revenue has increased as a percentage of our total revenue, from 89% of total revenue in 2010 to 96% in 2013.

We market and sell our solutions to large and mid-sized customers both directly through our field and inside sales teams and indirectly through a hybrid model where our sales organization actively assists our network of distributors and resellers. We also derive a lesser portion of our total revenue from the license of our solutions to strategic partners who offer our solutions in conjunction with one or more of their own products or services.

Our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that seek to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. In some cases, we provide a hardware appliance to those customers that elect to host elements of our solution behind their firewall. Increasing adoption of virtualization in the data center has led to a decline in the sales of our hardware appliances and a shift towards our software-based virtual appliances, which are delivered as a download via the Internet. Our hardware and services offerings carry lower margins and are provided as a courtesy to our customers. We expect the overall proportion of revenue derived from the hardware and services offerings to generally remain below 10% of our total revenue.

Historically, the majority of our revenue is derived from our customers in the United States. We believe the markets outside of the United States offer an opportunity for growth and we intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing to expand in these markets. Revenue from customers outside of the United States grew 23% for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to prior year. As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 3,100 customers around the world, including 38 of the Fortune 100. In terms of customer concentration, there was one partner that accounted for 14% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013, although the partner sold to a number of end-user customers, none which accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue. Other than the aforementioned partner above, there were no other single partners or customers that accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2013.

We have not been profitable to date and will need to grow revenue at a rate faster than our investments in cost of revenue and operating expenses in order to achieve profitability, as discussed in more detail below.

Additionally, during 2013, we have completed a number of acquisitions to complement our solutions offerings. These acquisitions are described in Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this report.

Key Opportunities and Challenges

The majority of costs associated with generating customer agreements are incurred up front. These upfront costs include direct incremental sales commissions, which are recognized upon the billing of the contract. The costs associated with the teams tasked with closing business with new customers and additional business with our existing customers have represented more than 90% of our total sales and marketing costs since 2008. Although we expect customers to be profitable over the duration of the customer relationship, these upfront costs typically exceed related revenue during the earlier periods of a contract. As a result, while our practice of invoicing our customers for the entire amount of the contract at the start of the term provides us with a relatively immediate contribution to cash flow, the revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, and hence contributions toward operating income are limited in the period where these sales and marketing costs are incurred. Accordingly, an increase in the mix of new customers as a percentage of total customers would likely negatively impact our near-term operating results. On the other hand, we expect that an increase in the mix of existing customers as a percentage of total customers would positively impact our operating results over time. As we accumulate customers that continue to renew their contracts, we anticipate that our mix of existing customers will increase, contributing to a decrease in our sales and marketing costs as a percentage of total revenue and a commensurate improvement in our operating income.

As part of maintaining our SaaS platform, we provide ongoing updates and enhancements to the platform services both in terms of the software as well as the underlying hardware and data center infrastructure. These updates and enhancements are provided to our customers at no additional charge as part of the subscription fees paid for the use of our platform. While more traditional products eventually become obsolete and require replacement, we are constantly updating and

38

Table of Contents

maintaining our cloud-based services and as such they operate with a continuous product life cycle. Much of this work is designed to both maintain and enhance the customers' experience over time while also lowering our costs to deliver the service, as evidenced by our improvements in gross profit over the past three years. Our SaaS platform is a shared infrastructure that is used by all of our customers. Accordingly, the costs of the platform are spread in a relatively uniform manner across the entire customer base and no specific infrastructure elements are directly attached to any particular customer. As such, in the event that a customer chooses to not renew its subscription, the underlying resources are reallocated either to new customers or to accommodate the expanding needs of our existing customers and, as a result, we do not believe that the loss of any particular customer has a meaningful impact on our gross profit as long as we continue to grow our customer base.

To date, our customers have primarily used our solutions in conjunction with email messaging content. We have developed solutions to address the new and evolving messaging solutions such as social media and file sharing applications, but these solutions are relatively nascent. If customers increase their use of these new messaging solutions in the future, we anticipate that our growth in revenue associated with email messaging solutions may slow over time. Although revenue associated with our social media and file sharing applications has not been material to date, we believe that our ability to provide security, archiving, governance and discovery for these new solutions will be viewed as valuable by our existing customers, enabling us to derive revenue from these new forms of messaging and communication.

While the majority of our current and prospective customers run their email systems on premise, we believe that there is a trend for large and mid-sized enterprises to migrate these systems to the cloud. While our current revenue derived from customers using cloud-based email systems continues to grow as a percentage of our total revenue, many of these cloud-based email solutions offer some form of threat protection and governance services, potentially mitigating the need for customers to buy these capabilities from third parties such as ourselves. We believe that we can continue to provide security, archiving, governance, and discovery solutions that are differentiated from the services offered by cloud-based email providers, and as such our platform will continue to be viewed as valuable to enterprises once they have migrated their email services to the cloud, enabling us to continue to derive revenue from this new trend toward cloud-based email deployment models.

With the majority of our business, we invoice our customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the term and these amounts are recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet, with the dollar weighted average duration of these contracts for any given period over the past three years typically ranging from 16 to 23 months. As a result, while our practice of invoicing customers for the entire amount of the contract at the start of the term provides us with a relatively immediate contribution to cash flow, the revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, and hence contributions toward operating income are realized over an extended period. As such, our efforts to improve our profitability require us to invest far less in operating expenses than the cash flow generated by our business might otherwise allow. As we strive to invest in an effort to continue to increase the size and scale of our business, we expect that the level of investment afforded by our growth in revenue should be sufficient to fund the investments needed to drive revenue growth and broaden our product line.
    
Considering all of these factors, we do not expect to be profitable on a GAAP basis in the near term and in order to achieve profitability we will need to grow revenue at a rate faster than our investments in operating expenses and cost of revenue.

We intend to grow our revenue through acquiring new customers by investing in our sales and marketing activities. We believe that an increase in new customers in the near term will result in a larger base of renewal customers, which, over time we expect to be more profitable for us.

Sales and marketing is our greatest expense and hence a significant contributing factor to our operating losses. Given that our costs to acquire new revenue sources, either in the form of new customers or the sale of additional solutions to existing customers, often exceed the actual revenue recognized in the initial periods, we believe that our opportunity to improve our return on investment on sales and marketing costs relies primarily on our ongoing ability to cost-effectively renew our business with existing customers, thereby lowering our overall sales and marketing costs as a percentage of revenue as the mix of revenue derived from this more profitable renewal activity increases over time. Therefore, we anticipate that our initial significant investments in sales and marketing activities will over time generate a larger base of more profitable customers. Cost of subscription revenue is also a significant expense for us, and we expect to continue to build on the improvements over the past three years, such as in replacing third-party technology with our proprietary technology and improving the utilization of our fixed investments in equipment and infrastructure, in order to provide the opportunity for improved subscription gross margins over time. Although we plan to continue enhancing our solutions, we intend to lower our rate of investment in research and development as a percentage of revenue over time by deriving additional revenue from our existing platform of solutions rather than by adding entirely new categories of solutions. In addition, as personnel costs are one of the primary drivers of the increases in our operating expenses, we plan to reduce our historical rate of headcount growth over time.


39

Table of Contents

Key Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics, including the following key metrics presented in the unaudited table below, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends in our business, prepare financial projections and make strategic decisions. Many of these key metrics, such as adjusted subscription gross profit, billings and adjusted EBITDA, are non-GAAP measures. This non-GAAP information is not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP information of other companies. Non-GAAP information should not be viewed as a substitute for, or superior to, net loss prepared in accordance with GAAP as a measure of our profitability or liquidity. Users of this financial information should consider the types of events and transactions for which adjustments have been made.
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Total revenue
$
137,931

 
$
106,295

 
$
81,838

Growth
30
%
 
30
%
 
26
%
Subscription revenue
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

Growth
30
%
 
37
%
 
28
%
Adjusted subscription gross profit
$
99,851

 
$
76,666

 
$
53,841

% of subscription revenue
76
%
 
76
%
 
73
%
Billings
$
160,506

 
$
116,914

 
$
88,977

Growth
37
%
 
31
%
 
16
%
Adjusted EBITDA
$
(4,326
)
 
$
(4,543
)
 
$
(7,227
)

Subscription revenue

Subscription revenue represents the recurring subscription fees paid by our customers and recognized as revenue during the period for the use of our security-as-a-service platform, typically licensed for one to three years at a time. We consider subscription revenue to be a key business metric because it reflects the recurring aspect of our business model and is the primary driver of growth for our business over time. The consistent growth in subscription revenue over the past several years has resulted from our ongoing investment in sales and marketing personnel, our efforts to expand our customer base, and our efforts to broaden the use of our platform with existing customers.

Adjusted subscription gross profit

We have included adjusted subscription gross profit, a non‑GAAP financial measure, in this report because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating results, core operating performance, and trends to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short‑ and long-term operational plans. We have provided a reconciliation between subscription gross profit, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and adjusted subscription gross profit. We believe that adjusted subscription gross profit provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of adjusted subscription gross profit has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted subscription gross profit alongside other financial performance measures, including subscription gross profit and our other GAAP results.

The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of subscription gross profit to adjusted subscription gross profit for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

40

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Subscription revenue
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

Cost of subscription revenue
35,438

 
28,246

 
24,193

Subscription gross profit
96,624

 
73,224

 
49,703

Add back:
 
 
 
 
 
Stock‑based compensation
1,007

 
657

 
366

Amortization of intangible assets
2,220

 
2,785

 
3,772

Adjusted subscription gross profit
$
99,851

 
$
76,666

 
$
53,841


Billings

We have included billings, a non‑GAAP financial measure, in this report because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to manage our business and monitor our near term cash flows. We have provided a reconciliation between total revenue, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and billings. Accordingly, we believe that billings provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

Our use of billings as a non-GAAP measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for revenue or an analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
Billings is not a substitute for revenue, as trends in billings are not directly correlated to trends in revenue except when measured over longer periods of time;
Billings is affected by a combination of factors including the timing of renewals, the sales of our solutions to both new and existing customers, the relative duration of contracts sold, and the relative amount of business derived from strategic partners. As each of these elements has unique characteristics in the relationship between billings and revenue, our billings activity is not closely correlated to revenue except over longer periods of time; and
Other companies, including companies in our industry, may not use billings, may calculate billings differently, or may use other financial measures to evaluate their performance ‑ all of which reduce the usefulness of billings as a comparative measure.
The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of total revenue to billings for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Total revenue
$
137,931

 
$
106,295

 
$
81,838

Deferred revenue
 
 
 
 
 
Ending
123,983

 
86,859

 
76,240

Beginning
86,859

 
76,240

 
69,101

Net change
37,124

 
10,619

 
7,139

Less: deferred revenue contributed by Acquisitions
(14,549
)
 

 

Billings
$
160,506

 
$
116,914

 
$
88,977


    
Adjusted EBITDA


41

Table of Contents

We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted to exclude: depreciation, amortization of intangibles, interest income (expense), net, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, stock‑based compensation, acquisition‑related expense, other income, and other expense. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other users of our financial statements in evaluating our operating performance because it provides them with an additional tool to compare business performance across companies and across periods. We believe that:

Adjusted EBITDA provides investors and other users of our financial information consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and facilitates comparisons with our peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results; and
It is useful to exclude certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization of intangible assets and stock‑based compensation and non-core operational charges, such as acquisition‑related expenses, from adjusted EBITDA because the amount of such expenses in any specific period may not be directly correlated to the underlying performance of our business operations and these expenses can vary significantly between periods as a result of new acquisitions, full amortization of previously acquired tangible and intangible assets or the timing of new stock‑based awards, as the case may be.
We use adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of our performance, for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, to evaluate the effectiveness of our business strategies and to communicate with our board of directors concerning our financial performance.
We do not place undue reliance on adjusted EBITDA as our only measures of operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a substitute for other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. There are limitations to using non-GAAP financial measures, including that other companies may calculate these measures differently than we do, that they do not reflect our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures and that they do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital.
The following unaudited table presents the reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
Depreciation
5,923

 
4,434

 
3,142

Amortization of intangible assets
4,044

 
3,276

 
4,542

Interest expense, net
641

 
108

 
300

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
(2,808
)
 
521

 
370

EBITDA
(19,731
)
 
(12,021
)
 
(11,787
)
Stock‑based compensation expense
12,083

 
7,321

 
4,548

Acquisition‑related expense
3,107

 
3

 
125

Other income
(37
)
 
(18
)
 
(141
)
Other expense
252

 
172

 
28

Adjusted EBITDA
$
(4,326
)
 
$
(4,543
)
 
$
(7,227
)
Components of Our Results of Operations

Business Combinations

In each of our acquisitions, we used the purchase method of accounting which requires us to allocate the fair value of the total consideration transferred to tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their

42

Table of Contents

estimated fair values on the date of the acquisition, with the difference between the net assets acquired and the total consideration transferred recorded as goodwill. The fair values assigned, defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between willing market participants, are based on significant estimates and assumptions determined by management. These estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement, as a result, during the adjustment period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired or liabilities assumed with any corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

We used either the discounted cash flow method or the replacement cost method to assign fair values to acquired identifiable intangible assets. This method requires significant management judgment to forecast future operating results and establish residual growth rates and discount factors. These models are based on reasonable estimates and assumptions given available facts and circumstances, including industry estimates and averages, as of the acquisition dates and are consistent with the plans and estimates that we use to manage our business. If the subsequent actual results and updated projections of the underlying business activity change compared with the estimates and assumptions used to develop these values, we could experience impairment charges. In addition, we have estimated the economic lives of certain acquired assets and these lives are used to calculate depreciation and amortization expense. If our estimates of the economic lives change, depreciation or amortization expenses could be accelerated or slowed.

Revenue

We derive our revenue primarily through the license of various solutions and services on our security-as-a-service platform on a subscription basis, supplemented by the sales of training, professional services and hardware depending upon our customers' requirements.

Subscription.     We license our platform and its associated solutions and services on a subscription basis. The fees are charged on a per user, per year basis. Subscriptions are typically one to three years in duration. We invoice our customers upon signing for the entire term of the contract. The invoiced amounts billed in advance are treated as deferred revenue on the balance sheet and are recognized ratably, in accordance with the appropriate revenue recognition guidelines, over the term of the contract (as more fully described above. We also derive a portion of our subscription revenue from the license of our solutions to strategic partners. We bill these strategic partners monthly. We expect our subscription revenue will continue to grow and remain above 90% of our total revenue.

Hardware and services.     We provide hardware appliances as a convenience to our customers and as such it represents a small part of our business. Our solutions are designed to be implemented, configured and operated without the need for any training or professional services. For those customers that seek to develop deeper expertise in the use of our solutions or would like assistance with complex configurations or the importing of data, we offer various training and professional services. We typically invoice the customer for hardware at the time of shipment. We typically invoice customers for services at the time the order is placed and recognize this revenue ratably over the term of the contract. On occasion, customers may retain us for special projects such as archiving import and export services; these types of services are recognized upon completion of the project. We expect the overall proportion of revenue derived from hardware and service offerings to generally remain below 10% of our total revenue.

Total Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenues consists of cost of subscription revenue and cost of hardware and services revenue. Personnel costs, which consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock‑based compensation, data center costs and hardware costs are the most significant components of our cost of revenues. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees to continue to grow our business.

Cost of Subscription Revenue.     Cost of subscription revenue primarily includes personnel costs, consisting of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock‑based compensation, for employees who provide support services to our customers and operate our data centers. Other costs include fees paid to contractors who supplement our support and data center personnel; expenses related to the use of third‑party data centers in both the United States and internationally; depreciation of data center equipment; amortization of licensing fees and royalties paid for the use of third‑party technology; amortization of capitalized research and development costs; and the amortization of intangible assets related to prior acquisitions. Growth in subscription revenue generally consumes production resources, requiring us to gradually increase our cost of subscription revenue in absolute dollars as we expand our investment in data center equipment, the third-party data center space required to house this equipment, and the personnel needed to manage this higher level of activity. However, our cost of subscription revenue has

43

Table of Contents

declined in recent periods as a percentage of its associated revenue as we have replaced third‑party licensed technology with our proprietary technology, and we expect the benefit of these initiatives to continue in future periods.

Cost of Hardware and Services Revenue.     Cost of hardware and services revenue includes personnel costs for employees who provide training and professional services to our customers as well as the cost of server hardware shipped to our customers that we procure from third parties and configure with our software solutions. Our cost of hardware and services as a percentage of its associated revenue has been relatively consistent from period to period in the past. With the adoption of our new accounting guidance we expect that cost of hardware and services revenue may gradually increase as a percentage of hardware and services revenue in future periods, as the remaining deferred costs are amortized over remaining contract terms.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs, which consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock‑based compensation, are the most significant component of our operating expenses. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees to continue to grow our business.    Our headcount increased from 313 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 680 employees as of December 31, 2013 . As a result of this growth in headcount, operating expenses have increased significantly over these periods. We expect personnel costs to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we hire new employees to continue to grow our business.

Research and Development.     Research and development expenses include personnel costs, consulting services and depreciation. We believe that these investments have played an important role in broadening the capabilities of our platform over the course of our operating history, enhancing the relevance of our solutions in the market in general and helping us to retain our customers over time. We expect to continue to devote substantial resources to research and development in an effort to continuously improve our existing solutions as well as to develop new offerings. We believe that these investments are necessary to maintain and improve our competitive position, however, over the longer term, we intend to monitor these costs so as to decrease this spending as a percentage of total revenue. Our research efforts include both software developed for our internal use on behalf of our customers as well as software elements to be used by our customers in their own facilities. To date, for software developed for internal use on behalf of our customers, we have capitalized costs of approximately $0.4 million, all of which was incurred during 2011, and was fully amortized as of December 31, 2013 . For the software developed for use on our customers’ premises, the costs associated with the development work between technological feasibility and the general availability has not been material and as such we have not capitalized any of these development costs to date.

Sales and Marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs, sales commissions, and other costs including travel and entertainment, marketing and promotional events, public relations and marketing activities. All of these costs are expensed as incurred, including sales commissions. These costs also include amortization of intangible assets as a result of our past acquisitions. Reflecting our continued investment in growing our sales and marketing operations, both domestically and internationally, headcount increases were reflected in higher compensation expense consistently with our revenue growth. Our sales personnel are typically not immediately productive, and therefore the increase in sales and marketing expenses we incur when we add new sales representatives is not immediately offset by increased revenue and may not result in increased revenue over the long-term if these new sales people fail to become productive. The timing of our hiring of new sales personnel and the rate at which they generate incremental revenue will affect our future financial performance. We expect that sales and marketing expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars and be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, consulting services, audit fees, tax services, legal expenses and other general corporate items. As a result of our operational growth, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods as we continue to expand our operations and hire additional personnel.

Total Other Income (Expense), Net

Total other income (expense), net, consists of interest income (expense), net and other income (expense), net. Interest income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments offset by the interest expense related to our convertible senior notes, our capital lease payments and borrowings under our equipment loans. Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of the net effect of foreign currency transaction gains or losses.

Benefit From (Provision For) Income Taxes

44

Table of Contents


The benefit from (provision for) income taxes is related to certain state and foreign income taxes. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Utilization of our net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions.
Analyses have been conducted to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analyses have indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits would not expire before utilization as a result of the ownership change. In the event the Company has subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized as a result of the subsequent ownership change.

Results of Operations

The following table is a summary of our consolidated statements of operations.

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

Hardware and services
5,869

 
4,825

 
7,942

Total revenue
137,931

 
106,295

 
81,838

Cost of revenue: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
35,438

 
28,246

 
24,193

Hardware and services
6,124

 
4,867

 
5,537

Total cost of revenue
41,562

 
33,113

 
29,730

Gross profit
96,369

 
73,182

 
52,108

Operating expense: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
34,449

 
24,827

 
19,779

Sales and marketing
71,781

 
55,239

 
42,676

General and administrative
19,622

 
12,693

 
9,237

Total operating expense
125,852

 
92,759

 
71,692

Operating loss
(29,483
)
 
(19,577
)
 
(19,584
)
Interest expense, net
(641
)
 
(108
)
 
(300
)
Other (expense) income, net
(215
)
 
(154
)
 
113

Loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(30,339
)
 
(19,839
)
 
(19,771
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
2,808

 
(521
)
 
(370
)
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our total revenue for those periods.


45


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
96
 %
 
95
 %
 
90
 %
Hardware and services
4

 
5

 
10

Total revenue
100

 
100

 
100

Cost of revenue: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
26

 
27

 
30

Hardware and services
4

 
4

 
6

Total cost of revenue
30

 
31

 
36

Gross profit
70

 
69

 
64

Operating expense: (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
25

 
23

 
24

Sales and marketing
52

 
52

 
52

General and administrative
15

 
12

 
12

Total operating expense
92

 
87

 
88

Operating loss
(22
)
 
(18
)
 
(24
)
Interest expense, net

 

 

Other income (expense), net

 

 

Loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(22
)
 
(18
)
 
(24
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
2

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Net loss
(20
)%
 
(19
)%
 
(25
)%
_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Includes stock-based compensation and amortization of intangible assets as follows:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
1,007

 
$
657

 
$
366

Cost of hardware and services revenue
196

 
70

 
29

Research and development
3,608

 
1,869

 
1,247

Sales and marketing
4,270

 
3,103

 
1,976

General and administrative
3,002

 
1,622

 
930

Amortization of intangible assets
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
2,220

 
$
2,785

 
$
3,772

Research and development
47

 
30

 
1

Sales and marketing
1,743

 
461

 
769

General and administrative
34

 

 


Revenue

 
Year Ended
December 31,
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Subscription
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
30,592

 
30
%
 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

 
$
27,574

 
37
 %
Hardware and services
5,869

 
4,825

 
1,044

 
22
%
 
4,825

 
7,942

 
(3,117
)
 
(39
)%
Total revenue
$
137,931

 
$
106,295

 
$
31,636

 
30
%
 
$
106,295

 
$
81,838

 
$
24,457

 
30
 %


46


    
Subscription revenue increased $30.6 million and $27.6 million, or 30% and 37%, respectively, for 2013 and 2012. These increases were primarily due to a $25.9 million and $24.3 million increase in revenue from the United States and, to a lesser extent, a $4.7 million and $3.2 million from international customers for 2013 and 2012, respectively. We increased personnel in the sales and marketing organization, which represented a 39% and 24% increase for 2013 and 2012, respectively, in the size of the team from the prior year. Along with the improving economy in the overall global landscape, these new resources directly contributed to the further growth in the sales capacity of our field sales organization and were the primary reason for the overall growth in revenue for 2013 and 2012, respectively, from the previous years. Additionally, our acquisitions in 2013 also increased revenue in 2013, including $3.0 million from Sendmail, Inc.

Hardware and services revenue increased $1.0 million, or $22%, in 2013 primarily due to higher revenue from professional services as we almost doubled our personnel in the services department from 2012 and focused on meeting customer service needs. In 2012, it decreased by $3.1 million, or 39%, primarily due to our adoption of new revenue recognition guidance (as more fully described in our Critical Accounting Policies) effective January 1, 2011 under which revenue from sales of hardware appliances began to be recognized when sold.
    
Cost of Revenue

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Subscription
$
35,438

 
$
28,246

 
$
7,192

 
25
%
 
$
28,246

 
$
24,193

 
$
4,053

 
17
 %
Hardware and services
6,124

 
4,867

 
1,257

 
26
%
 
4,867

 
5,537

 
(670
)
 
(12
)%
Total cost of revenue
$
41,562

 
$
33,113

 
$
8,449

 
26
%
 
$
33,113

 
$
29,730

 
$
3,383

 
11
 %

Cost of subscription revenue increased $7.2 million and $4.1 million, or 25% and 17%, for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The changes in 2013 and 2012 were primarily due to an increase in operations-related expenses of $3.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively, as a result of increased headcount, depreciation and ISP network expenses, partially offset by a net reduction in intangible amortization expense on developed technology from past acquisitions offset by the amortization expense from current year acquisitions. Customer support-related expenses increased $2.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively, primarily related to higher consulting and headcount-related costs. Increase in data center costs of $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, were the result of ongoing growth in usage by new and existing customers. Other increases of $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, were attributable to higher licensing fees and professional service costs in association with our growth. All these increases were partially offset by lower royalty expense of $0.3 and $0.4 million, respectively, in 2013 and 2012, driven by the replacement of third-party licensed technology, as well as improved economic terms associated with our ongoing licensing agreements.

Cost of hardware and services revenue increased $1.3 million, or 26%, in 2013 primarily due to increased professional services costs of $1.9 million from increased headcount-related and consulting costs due to the increase in revenue. The increase was partially offset by lower hardware costs of $0.7 million due to the continued impact from the adoption of new revenue recognition guidance referenced above. Cost of hardware and services revenue decreased $0.7 million, or 12%, for 2012 primarily due to the adoption of the new revenue recognition guidance referenced above. This was evidenced by the decrease in corresponding hardware and services revenue during 2012.
Operating Expenses

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Research and development
$
34,449

 
$
24,827

 
$
9,622

 
39
%
 
$
24,827

 
$
19,779

 
$
5,048

 
26
%
Percent of total revenue
25
%
 
23
%
 
 
 
 
 
23
%
 
24
%
 
 

 
 


Research and development expenses increased $9.6 million and $5.1 million, or 39% and 26%, for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increases were primarily due to personnel-related costs of $7.1 million and $3.5 million for 2013 and 2012,

47


respectively, from higher headcount, including those from the integration of the acquisitions in 2013. Additionally, facilities costs increased $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively, primarily due to higher costs from expanded operations, and corporate expenses increased $1.3 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in 2013 and 2012 from higher allocated costs from facilities, human resources and IT-support functions as we grew year-over-year, and increased consulting costs of $0.8 million in 2013 from the needs of the company as we grew rapidly in 2013.

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Sales and marketing
$
71,781

 
$
55,239

 
$
16,542

 
30
%
 
$
55,239

 
$
42,676

 
$
12,563

 
29
%
Percent of total revenue
52
%
 
52
%
 
 
 
 
 
52
%
 
52
%
 
 

 
 


Sales and marketing expenses increased $16.5 million and $12.6 million, or 30% and 29%, for 2013 and 2012, respectively. The increase in headcount on a worldwide basis resulted in increased personnel-related and commissions costs of $10.9 million and $7.6 million, respectively. Travel expenses were also higher by $0.9 million and $1.1 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our marketing program spending increased $0.6 million and $0.5 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, as a result of our continued investment in lead generation programs, tradeshows and our corporate branding programs. Corporate expenses increased $2.6 million due to costs related to our acquisitions in 2013 and higher allocated costs as the company expanded, while facilities increased by $0.7 million and outside services by $0.8 million in 2013. The increases in these areas were immaterial in 2012.
    
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
General and administrative
$
19,622

 
$
12,693

 
$
6,929

 
55
%
 
$
12,693

 
$
9,237

 
$
3,456

 
37
%
Percent of total revenue
15
%
 
12
%
 
 
 
 
 
12
%
 
11
%
 
 

 
 


General and administrative expenses increased $6.9 million and $3.5 million, or 55% and 37%, for 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily due to personnel-related costs of $3.2 million and $2.6 million for 2013 and 2012, respectively, in our continued growth as a public company, including growth to support acquisitions in 2013. Corporate expenses increased $0.7 million in 2013 due to legal, accounting and personnel-related expenses totaling $2.8 million incurred in connection with the acquisitions, partially offset by more costs being allocated to different departments of $2.1 million. Facilities increased $1.5 million in 2013 primarily due to higher depreciation expenses on more fixed assets, more spending on hardware and software costs along with related support contracts, higher facilities rent and property taxes from increased properties and general overall growth areas such as business insurance and utilities as we expanded. Professional fees increased $1.4 million and $0.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, as we filled positions of need in the company through temporary and permanent staffing.
    
Total Interest Income (Expense), Net

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Total interest expense, net
(641
)
 
(108
)
 
(533
)
 
(494
)%
 
(108
)
 
(300
)
 
192

 
64
%

Total interest expense, net increased $0.5 million in 2013 primarily due to higher interest expense related to the issuance of the convertible senior notes in December 2013 and the associated interest expense, accretion of the debt discount and debt issuance costs. The decrease in 2012 was primarily due to an increase of interest income related to investments purchased subsequent to the IPO in April 2012 and lower interest expense as we pay down our capital equipment loans.

Total Other (Expense) Income, Net


48


 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
 
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Total other (expense) income, net
$
(215
)
 
$
(154
)
 
$
(61
)
 
(40
)%
 
$
(154
)
 
$
113

 
$
(267
)
 
(236
)%

The change in total other (expense) income, net was immaterial in 2013. The change of $0.3 million for 2012 was primarily related to an increase in other expense due to loss sustained from foreign currency translation.

Benefit From (Provision For) Income Taxes

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Change
 
2013
 
2012
 
$
 
%
 
2012
 
2011
 
$
$
%
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
$
2,808

 
$
(521
)
 
$
3,329

 
639
%
 
(521
)
 
(370
)
 
$
(151
)
 
(41
)%

Total income tax expense decreased $3.3 million in 2013 as compared to 2012 primarily due to a full year tax benefit of $3.2 million related to the reversal of a significant portion of our valuation allowance on certain Canadian deferred tax assets. For 2012, total income tax expense increased $0.2 million primarily related to an increase in interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as a result of the completion of a transfer pricing analysis.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the eight quarters in the period ended December 31, 2013 . We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis consistent with our audited annual financial statements, including, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of the financial information contained in these statements. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


49


 
Three Months Ended
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
$
39,330

 
$
33,464

 
$
30,816

 
$
28,452

 
$
27,460

 
$
25,991

 
$
24,750

 
$
23,269

Hardware and services
1,507

 
1,039

 
1,011

 
2,312

 
1,189

 
1,093

 
1,193

 
1,350

Total revenue
40,837

 
34,503

 
31,827

 
30,764

 
28,649

 
27,084

 
25,943

 
24,619

Cost of revenue:(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
10,396

 
8,937

 
8,276

 
7,829

 
6,832

 
6,967

 
7,236

 
7,211

Hardware and services
2,273

 
1,409

 
1,203

 
1,239

 
1,401

 
1,163

 
1,134

 
1,169

Total cost of revenue
12,669

 
10,346

 
9,479

 
9,068

 
8,233

 
8,130

 
8,370

 
8,380

Gross profit
28,168

 
24,157

 
22,348

 
21,696

 
20,416

 
18,954

 
17,573

 
16,239

Operating expense:(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
10,989

 
8,307

 
7,591

 
7,562

 
6,460

 
6,262

 
6,224

 
5,881

Sales and marketing
21,999

 
17,415

 
16,239

 
16,128

 
15,488

 
14,126

 
13,450

 
12,175

General and administrative
6,185

 
5,758

 
3,777

 
3,902

 
3,822

 
3,141

 
2,964

 
2,766

Total operating expense
39,173

 
31,480

 
27,607

 
27,592

 
25,770

 
23,529

 
22,638

 
20,822

Operating loss
(11,005
)
 
(7,323
)
 
(5,259
)
 
(5,896
)
 
(5,354
)
 
(4,575
)
 
(5,065
)
 
(4,583
)
Interest (expense) income, net
(637
)
 
(11
)
 
(5
)
 
12

 
2

 
(7
)
 
(43
)
 
(60
)
Other (expense) income, net
(52
)
 
352

 
(148
)
 
(367
)
 
(54
)
 
109

 
(178
)
 
(31
)
Loss before (provision for) benefit from income taxes
(11,694
)
 
(6,982
)
 
(5,412
)
 
(6,251
)
 
(5,406
)
 
(4,473
)
 
(5,286
)
 
(4,674
)
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
(190
)
 
(207
)
 
3,347

 
(142
)
 
(91
)
 
(119
)
 
(232
)
 
(79
)
Net loss
$
(11,884
)
 
$
(7,189
)
 
$
(2,065
)
 
$
(6,393
)
 
$
(5,497
)
 
$
(4,592
)
 
$
(5,518
)
 
$
(4,753
)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$
(0.33
)
 
$
(0.20
)
 
$
(0.06
)
 
$
(0.19
)
 
$
(0.17
)
 
$
(0.14
)
 
$
(0.21
)
 
$
(0.85
)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
$
35,978

 
$
35,436

 
$
34,625

 
$
33,461

 
$
32,388

 
$
31,844

 
$
26,195

 
$
5,619

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Includes stock-based compensation expense and amortization of intangible assets as follows:

 
Three Months Ended
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2012
 
(in thousands)
   Stock-based compensation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
376

 
$
203

 
$
196

 
$
232

 
$
214

 
$
205

 
$
109

 
$
129

Cost of hardware and services revenue
76

 
45

 
39

 
36

 
24

 
20

 
15

 
11

Research and development
2,042

 
502

 
559

 
505

 
460

 
502

 
485

 
422

Sales and marketing
1,768

 
881

 
847

 
774

 
801

 
830

 
820

 
651

General and administrative
1,219

 
748

 
511

 
524

 
439

 
390

 
506

 
288

Total stock based compensation expenses
$
5,481

 
$
2,379

 
$
2,152

 
$
2,071

 
$
1,938

 
$
1,947

 
$
1,935

 
$
1,501

   Amortization of intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
913

 
$
568

 
$
413

 
$
326

 
$
333

 
$
333

 
$
1,019

 
$
1,100

Research and development
23

 
8

 
8

 
8

 
7

 
8

 
7

 
8

Sales and marketing
1,124

 
321

 
228

 
70

 
72

 
72

 
146

 
171

General and administrative
11

 
12

 
11

 

 

 

 

 

Total amortization of intangible assets
$
2,071

 
$
909

 
$
660

 
$
404

 
$
412

 
$
413

 
$
1,172

 
$
1,279



50


The following unaudited table sets forth our consolidated results of operations data as a percentage of total revenue.

 
Three Months Ended
 
Dec. 31,
2013
 
Sept. 30,
2013
 
June 30,
2013
 
Mar. 31,
2013
 
Dec. 31,
2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
June 30,
2012
 
Mar. 31,
2012
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
96
 %
 
97
 %
 
97
 %
 
92
 %
 
96
 %
 
96
 %
 
95
 %
 
95
 %
Hardware and services
4

 
3

 
3

 
8

 
4

 
4

 
5

 
5

Total revenue
100

 
100

 
100

 
100

 
100

 
100

 
100

 
100

Cost of revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
25

 
26

 
26

 
25

 
24

 
26

 
28

 
29

Hardware and services
6

 
4

 
4

 
4

 
5

 
4

 
4

 
5

Total cost of revenue
31

 
30

 
30

 
29

 
29

 
30

 
32

 
34

Gross profit
69

 
70

 
70

 
71

 
71

 
70

 
68

 
66

Operating expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
27

 
24

 
24

 
25

 
23

 
23

 
24

 
24

Sales and marketing
54

 
50

 
51

 
52

 
54

 
52

 
52

 
50

General and administrative
15

 
17

 
12

 
13

 
13

 
12

 
11

 
11

Total operating expense
96

 
91

 
87

 
90

 
90

 
87

 
87

 
85

Operating loss
(27
)
 
(21
)
 
(17
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
 
(17
)
 
(19
)
 
(19
)
Interest (expense) income, net
(2
)
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

 
1

 

 
(1
)
 

 

 
(1
)
 

Loss before (provision for) benefit from income taxes
(29
)
 
(20
)
 
(17
)
 
(20
)
 
(19
)
 
(17
)
 
(20
)
 
(19
)
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
11

 

 

 

 
(1
)
 

Net loss
(30
)%
 
(21
)%
 
(6
)%
 
(20
)%
 
(19
)%
 
(17
)%
 
(21
)%
 
(19
)%

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During our initial public offering, in April and May 2012, we raised net proceeds of $68.3 million including proceeds from the underwriters' partial exercise of their over-allotment option. Prior to that, we have historically relied principally on sales of our preferred stock to fund our operating activities. To date, we have raised $92.8 million from the sale of preferred stock.

In December 2013, we issued total aggregate principle amount of $201.3 million of 1.25% convertible senior notes (the "Notes") for net proceeds of $195.4 million after $5.8 million of discount and issuance costs. The Notes bear interest at 1.25% per year, and are payable in arrears every June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15, 2014. They mature on December 15, 2018 and will be subject to redemption, conversion or repurchase based on certain terms and conditions prior to the maturity date, with the conversion rate subject to change depending on various factors. The Notes are initially convertible into 25.6271 shares of our stock per $1,000 principle amount of notes which equates to approximately 5.2 million shares of common stock, or a conversion price of $39.02 per share of common stock. The conversion rate at the time of redemption, conversion or repurchase will be dependent on certain factors as stated in the Offering Memorandum of the Notes. We intend to use the proceeds from the Notes for working capital and general corporate purposes, including the funding of future potential acquisitions, although none has been identified as of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We have also utilized equipment lines to fund capital purchases. Most recently, we entered into an equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in April 2011 for an aggregate loan principal amount of $6.0 million. Interest on the advances is equal to the prime rate plus 0.50%. As of December 31, 2013 , the interest rate on the outstanding advances was 4.50%. We had the ability to draw down on this equipment line through April 19, 2012 and each drawn amount is due 48 months after funding. Borrowings outstanding under the equipment loan at December 31, 2013 were $2.3 million . Equipment financed under this loan arrangement is collateralized by the respective assets underlying the loan. The terms of the loan restrict our ability to pay dividends. The loan includes a covenant that requires us to maintain cash and cash equivalents plus net accounts receivables of at least two times the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013 , as a result of

51


the issuance of the Notes, we were not in compliance with the covenant which Silicon Valley Bank waived. Subsequently, we amended the loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to exclude the impact of the Notes on the covenant.
We plan to grow our customer base by continuing to emphasize investments in sales and marketing to add new customers, expand our customers’ use of our platform, and maintain high renewal rates. We also expect to incur additional cost of subscription revenue in accordance with the resulting growth in our customer base. We believe that the combination of our ongoing improvements in gross margins, the benefits of lower sales and marketing costs associated with our renewal activity, and the fact that our contracts are structured to bill our customers in advance should enable us to improve our cash flow from operations as we grow. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, both of which are expected to be consistent with recent quarters, we believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and expansion into new territories, and the timing of introductions of new features and enhancements to our solutions. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing. We have invested, and plan to continue investing in acquiring complementary business, applications and technologies, and may continue to make such investments in the future, any of which could also require us to seek equity or debt financing in addition to our Notes. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.
Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$
12,624

 
$
6,836

 
$
(168
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(9,968
)
 
(50,735
)
 
(7,353
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
201,876

 
73,386

 
5,201


Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

Our net loss and cash flows from operating activities are significantly influenced by our investments in headcount and data center operations to support anticipated growth. Our cash flows are also influenced by cash payments from customers. We invoice customers for the entire contract amount at the start of the term, and as such our cash flow from operations is also affected by the length of a customer contract.

We generated $12.6 million of cash in operating activities in 2013. The generation of cash was the result of a net loss of $27.5 million , offset by non-cash expenditures of $19.7 million , which included depreciation, amortization, provision for allowance of bad debt, stock-based compensation expense, deferred income taxes and the accretion of the debt discount and amortization of debt issuance costs related to the Notes. These non-cash expenditures increased due to capital expenditure, headcount growth and the issuance of the Notes primarily related to continued investment in our business. Cash used in operations was further offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $22.6 million due to sales growth and the acquisitions. The remaining use of funds was due to the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $4.5 million due to strong sales growth, an increase of $0.3 million in noncurrent assets, primarily related to the debt issuance costs on the Notes, and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $0.9 million and $1.9 million , respectively, related to timing of compensation and employee stock purchase plan contribution.
    
We generated $6.8 million of cash in operating activities in 2012. The generation of cash was the result of a net loss of $20.4 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $15.6 million, which primarily included depreciation, amortization, provision for allowance of bad debt and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenditures increased due to capital expenditure and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. Cash used in operations was further offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $10.6 million due to sales growth and a decrease in deferred product costs of $1.3 million. The remaining use of funds was due to the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $2.4 million due to strong sales growth, an increase of $0.9 million in prepaid expenses and other

52


current assets, and an increase in accrued liabilities of $3.5 million related to timing of compensation, employee stock purchase plan contribution and increase in tax liability.

We used $0.2 million of cash in operating activities in 2011. This use of cash was the result of a net loss of $20.1 million, offset by non-cash expenditures of $12.4 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenditures increased due to capital expenditure and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. Cash used in operations was further offset by an increase in deferred revenue of $7.1 million due to sales growth and a decrease in deferred product costs of $2.8 million. The remaining use of funds was due to the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $2.7 million due to strong sales efforts during the last quarter of the fiscal year, an increase of $0.8 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.7 million related to timing of compensation and capital expenditures.
    
Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities consisted of acquisitions of businesses, capital expenditures in support of expanding our infrastructure and workforce and the purchase and sale of short-term investments. As our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to continue to increase. We may also target other companies for acquisition, however, there are none currently pending.

We used $10.0 million of cash in investing activities during 2013. This was primarily due to the five acquisitions totaling $41.0 million and purchases of short-term investments of $20.4 million . In addition, we used $7.7 million to purchase equipment for infrastructure expansion and daily operations. These uses of cash were partially offset by net proceeds of $59.0 million from the sales and maturities of short-term investments.

We used $50.7 million of cash in investing activities during 2012. This was primarily due to purchases of short-term investments of $60.1 million with proceeds generated from our initial public offering, offset by net proceeds of $15.3 million from sales and maturities of short-term investments. In addition, we used $5.9 million to purchase equipment for infrastructure expansion. These expenditures were primarily for replacement and upgrade of equipment to lower the cost of deployment as well as to improve the efficiency for our cloud‑based architecture.

We used $7.4 million of cash in investing activities during 2011. This was primarily from the net purchase of $2.3 million in short-term investments. In addition, we used $4.9 million to purchase equipment for infrastructure expansion. These expenditures were primarily for replacement and upgrade of equipment to lower the cost of deployment as well as to improve the efficiency for our cloud-based architecture.

Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities in 2013 was $201.9 million . This was primarily related to proceeds of $195.6 million from the issuance of the Notes in December 2013 which were net of payments totaling $5.6 million in discount and issuance costs on the Notes. Additionally, contributions included $16.4 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $10.0 million in payments of our equipment financing loans and debt assumed from the acquisitions.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2012 was $73.4 million. This was primarily related to proceeds from our initial public offering, net of offering costs, of $68.3 million. Contributions also included $6.1 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options, partially offset by $1.0 million in repayments under our equipment financing loans.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2011 was $5.2 million. This consisted of $1.2 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and borrowings under our new equipment line of $4.9 million during this period, partially offset by repayments under our equipment financing loans of $0.2 million and $0.7 million in earn-out payments.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding leases for our office space and third-party data centers as well as equipment leases and loans for certain computer and office equipment. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):


53


 
Payment Due By Period
 
Total (7)
 
Less Than
1 Year
 
1-3 Years
 
3-5 Years
Convertible senior notes (1)
$
201,250

 
$

 
$

 
$
201,250

Interest payments (2)
12,611

 
2,653

 
5,031

 
4,927

Debt obligations (3)
2,326

 
1,642

 
684

 

Interest expense payments (4)
80

 
72

 
8

 

Capital and operating lease obligations (5)
3,729

 
1,562

 
1,668

 
499

Purchase obligations (6)
3,678

 
3,061

 
617

 

Total
$
223,674

 
$
8,990

 
$
8,008

 
$
206,676

_______________________________________________________________________________
(1)
Represents the 1.25% convertible senior notes issued in December 2013. See Note 8, "Convertible Senior Notes" for further information.

(2)
Represents interest payments on the 1.25% senior convertible notes issued in December 2013.

(3)
Represents our outstanding debt under our equipment loan.

(4)
Represents interest payments on our outstanding debt under our equipment loan, including the loan and equipment agreement commencing April 2011.

(5)
Consists of capital leases and contractual obligations under operating leases for office space.

(6)
Consists of purchase obligations for servers and similar equipment to support our third-party data centers.

(7)
As we are unable to reasonably predict the timing of settlement of liabilities related to unrecognized tax benefits, net, the table does not include $0.7 million of such non-current liabilities included in deferred and other tax liabilities recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 .

We have recorded a liability for sales and use taxes. A variety of factors could affect the liability, which factors include recovery of amounts from customers and any changes in relevant statutes in the various states in which we have done business. To the extent that the actual amount of our liabilities for sales and use taxes materially differs from the amount we have recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, our future results of operations and cash flows could be negatively affected.

As of December 31, 2013 , the amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries was $21.3 million , including intercompany receivable balances. If these funds were needed for our operations in the United States, we would be required to withhold foreign taxes on the funds repatriated of approximately $0.8 million . We have only provided $0.2 million for these taxes in accordance with ASC 740-30-25, as it is our intention that the majority of these funds are indefinitely reinvested outside the United States and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate these funds to our United States operations.

Under the indemnification provisions of our standard customer agreements, we agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless our customers against, among other things, infringement of any patents, trademarks or copyrights under any country's laws or the misappropriation of any trade secrets arising from the customer's legal use of our solutions. Certain indemnification provisions potentially expose us to losses in excess of the aggregate amount paid to us by the customer under the applicable customer agreement. No material claims have been made against us pursuant to these indemnification provisions to date.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large clients and limit credit exposure by collecting in advance and setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash with maturity dates within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we

54

Table of Contents

have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds, corporate debt securities and a certificate of deposit. As of December 31, 2013 , we had cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $251.8 million . The carrying amount of our cash equivalents and short-term investments reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these investments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we believe only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on our investments. As such we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

As of December 31, 2013 , we had an outstanding balance of $201.3 million aggregate principle amount of the Notes, which has a fixed interest rate of 1.25% , and other outstanding borrowings with principal amounts of $2.3 million , which has a fixed interest rate of 4.5% . We carry these instruments at face value, less relative fair value of conversion option allocated to equity and unamortized discounts, on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Since these instruments bear interest at fixed rates, we have no financial statement risk associated with changes in interest rates. However, the fair value of these instruments fluctuates as interest rate changes and, in the case of the Notes, when the market price of our common stock fluctuates.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our sales to international customers are generally U.S. dollar-denominated. As a result, there are no significant foreign currency gains or losses related to these transactions. The functional currency for our wholly owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the subsidiaries remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Remeasurement adjustments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses in the year of occurrence. Aggregate foreign currency transaction gain (losses) included in determining net loss were $(0.2) million for both 2013 and 2012, and less than $0.1 million for 2011. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense), net.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See "Risk Factors" for certain matters that may affect our future financial condition or results of operations. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions

55

Table of Contents

about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if the changes in estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could materially impact the financial statements. Our management has discussed the development, selection and disclosure of these estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors.

Our significant accounting policies, including those considered to be critical accounting policies, are summarized in “Note 1 - The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. The following critical accounting policies reflect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

Revenue recognition and deferred revenue;

Stock-based compensation;

Allowance for doubtful accounts;

Business combinations;

Goodwill and intangible assets - impairment assessments

Impairment of long lived assets; and

Income taxes.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive our revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription revenue for rights related to the use of our security-as-a-service platform and (2) hardware, training, and professional services revenue provided to customers related to their use of our platform. Subscription revenue is derived from a subscription-based enterprise licensing model with contract terms typically ranging from one to three years, and consists of (i) subscription fees from the licensing of our security-as-a-service platform, (ii) subscription fees for access to the on-demand elements of our platform and (iii) subscription fees for the right to access our customer support services.

We apply the provision of Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 985-605, "Software Revenue Recognition," and related interpretations, to all transactions involving the licensing of software, as well as related support, training, and other professional services. ASC 985-605 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements such as software license, support, training, and other professional services to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of these elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met as set forth in ASC 985-605:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

Delivery has occurred;

The fee is fixed or determinable; and

Collectability is probable.

We have analyzed all of the elements included in our multiple element arrangements and have determined that we do not have sufficient VSOE of fair value to allocate revenue to our subscription and software license agreements, support, training, and professional services. We defer all revenue under the arrangement until the commencement of the subscription services and any associated professional services. Once the subscription services and the associated professional services have commenced, the entire fee from the arrangement is recognized ratably over the remaining period of the arrangement. If the professional services are essential to the functionality of the subscription, then the revenue recognition does not commence until such services are completed.

Our hosted on-demand service agreements do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software supporting the hosted service. We recognize revenue from our on-demand services in accordance with ASC 605-20, and as such recognize revenue when the following criteria are met:

56

Table of Contents


Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

Delivery of our obligations to our customers has occurred;

Collection of the fees is probable; and

The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements (ASU 2009-13) to:

Provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among its elements;

Require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement that has separate units of accounting using best estimated selling price (BESP) of deliverables if a vendor does not have VSOE of fair value or third-party evidence of selling price (TPE); and

Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relating selling price method to the separate unit of accounting.

Concurrently, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for revenue recognition (ASU 2009-14) to exclude hardware appliances containing software components and hardware components that function together to deliver the hardware appliance's essential functionality from the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance of ASC 985-605.
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2009-14, revenue derived from hardware appliance sales were recognized based on the software revenue recognition guidance. We could not establish VSOE of fair value for the undelivered elements in the arrangement, and therefore the entire fee from the arrangement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement. In addition, we were unable to establish VSOE of fair value of our hosted on-demand service agreements, and therefore the entire fee for the agreement was recognized ratably over the contractual term of the agreement.

As a result of the adoption of this new accounting guidance, revenue derived from our subscription services and hardware appliance sales are no longer subject to industry-specific software revenue recognition guidance. For all arrangements within the scope of the new guidance, including our hosted on-demand services, we evaluate each element in a multiple element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within our control. Revenue derived from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform continues to be accounted for in accordance with the industry specific revenue recognition guidance.

When we are unable to establish the selling price of our non-software deliverables using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP in our allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for an individual element within a multiple element revenue arrangement using the same methods utilized to determine the selling price of an element sold on a standalone basis. We estimate the selling price for our subscription solutions by considering internal factors such as historical pricing practices and we estimate the selling price of our hardware and services using a combination of our historical costs paired with external measurements regarding the pricing of similar products and services in similar industries. As there is a significant amount of judgment when determining BESP, we regularly review all of our assumptions and inputs around BESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates.

Hardware appliance revenue is recognized upon shipment. Subscription and support revenue are recognized over the contract period commencing on the start date of the contract. Professional services and training, when sold with hardware appliances or subscription and support services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription and support services, we consider the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the services, and the dependence of the subscription services on the customer's decision to buy the professional services. If professional services and training do not qualify for separate accounting, we recognize the professional services and training ratably over the contract term of the subscription services.


57

Table of Contents

Delivery generally occurs when the hardware appliance is delivered to a common carrier freight on board shipping point by us or the hosted service has been activated and communicated to the customer accordingly. Our fees are typically considered to be fixed or determinable at the inception of an arrangement and are negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, generally based on specific products and quantities to be delivered. In the event payment terms are provided that differ significantly from our standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized as the fees become paid.

We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history of the customer. Through December 31, 2013 , we have not experienced any significant credit losses.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted ASC 718, which requires non-public companies that used the minimum value method under ASC 718 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures to apply ASC 718 using the prospective-transition method. In accordance with ASC 718, we recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005 in the Consolidated Statements of Operations using the straight-line method over the vesting period of the award.

The following table set for the stock-based compensation expense included in the related consolidated financial statement line items:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Cost of subscription revenue
$
1,007

 
$
657

 
$
366

Cost of hardware and services revenue
196

 
70

 
29

Research and development
3,608

 
1,869

 
1,247

Sales and marketing
4,270

 
3,103

 
1,976

General and administrative
3,002

 
1,622

 
930


We estimated the fair value of each option granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions for the periods presented in the table below:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Expected life (in years)
5.31 - 6.08
 
5.50 - 6.08
 
5.85 - 6.08
Volatility
57% - 61%
 
59% - 60%
 
59% - 61%
Risk-free interest rate
0.9% - 1.8%
 
0.9% - 1.2%
 
1.2% - 2.5%
Estimated dividend yield
0
 
0
 
0

As of each stock option grant date, we considered the fair value of the underlying common stock, determined as described below, in order to establish the options exercise price.

As our common stock has been publicly traded less than two years, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted options with substantially similar terms. We analyzed a population of possible comparable companies and selected those for our peer group that we considered to be the most comparable to us in terms of industry business model, revenue, growth and gross profit margins. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.


58

Table of Contents

The expected life of options granted has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method as permitted by the SEC. The risk-free interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options. We have not, historically, paid and, in the future, do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our shares of common stock and therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.

In addition, ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We apply an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture experience.

Prior to our IPO, we have historically granted stock options at exercise prices no less than the fair market value as determined by our board of directors, who used a number of factors, with input from management and a third-party valuation firm.

For our valuations, we calculated the enterprise value by applying both the market approach and the income approach. In the market approach, the valuations and outcomes of comparable peer companies in the public market were reviewed. The income approach consisted of a discounted cash flow analysis. The methodology we used derived equity values utilizing a probability-weighted expected return method. Under this approach, the value of our common stock was estimated based upon an analysis of values for our common stock assuming the following various possible future events for the company, including initial public offering, strategic merger or sale, remaining a private company, and dissolution of the business with no resulting value to common stockholders.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer along with past transaction history; in addition, we perform periodic evaluations of our customers' financial condition. Credit losses historically have not been material, which is directly attributable to our subscription-based services model, enabling us to immediately discontinue the availability of the services in question in the event of non-payment. Through December 31, 2013 , we have not experienced any significant credit losses.

Business Combinations

We apply the provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, in the accounting for our acquisitions. It requires us to recognize the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at their acquisition date fair values separately from goodwill. Goodwill as of the acquisition date is measured as the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. While we use our best estimates and assumptions to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date as well as contingent consideration, where applicable, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.

Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date including our estimates for intangible assets, contractual obligations assumed, restructuring liabilities, pre-acquisition contingencies and contingent consideration, where applicable. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.

Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain of the intangible assets we have acquired include but are not limited to:
 
future expected cash flows from our revenue streams;
the acquired company’s brand and competitive position, as well as assumptions about the period of time the acquired brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio; and
discount rates.
 
Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.


59

Table of Contents

For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and, if so, to determine their estimated amounts.

If we cannot reasonably determine the fair value of a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) by the end of the measurement period, which is generally the case given the nature of such matters, we will recognize an asset or a liability for such pre-acquisition contingency if: (i) it is probable that an asset existed or a liability had been incurred at the acquisition date and (ii) the amount of the asset or liability can be reasonably estimated. Subsequent to the measurement period, changes in our estimates of such contingencies will affect earnings and could have a material effect on our results of operations and financial position.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. We reevaluate these items quarterly based upon facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill if identified within the measurement period. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the tax allowance’s or contingency’s estimated value, whichever comes first, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets - Impairment Assessments

We review goodwill for impairment annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate its carrying value may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. For the purposes of impairment testing, we have determined that we have one reporting unit. We perform the two-step impairment test, whereby we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference. No impairment has been noted to date.

We periodically review the carrying amounts of intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amount of such assets (or asset group) to the future undiscounted cashflow we expect the assets (or asset group) to generate. If we consider any of these assets to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds its fair value. We make judgments about the recoverability of purchased intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may exist.

Each period we evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of intangible assets and other long-lived assets to assess whether a revision to the remaining periods of amortization is required. Assumptions and estimates about remaining useful lives of our intangible and other long-lived assets are subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends and internal factors such as changes in our business strategy. Although we believe the historical assumptions and estimates we have made are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results. We did not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges to date.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, which requires the use of the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which differences are expected to be reversed. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

We have elected to use the "with and without" approach as described in ASC 740-20, Intraperiod Tax Allocation, in determining the order in which tax attributes are utilized. As a result, we will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based

60

Table of Contents

awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to us have been utilized. In addition, we have elected to account for the impact of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credit, through the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, "Income Taxes", a new accounting standard update on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits. The new guidance provides that a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit would be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The new guidance becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2014 and it should be applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date with retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new guidance but does not believe it will have a material impact.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The information in response to this item is included in our consolidated financial statements, together with the report thereon of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, appearing on Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in Item 7 under the heading Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, require public companies, including us, to maintain “disclosure controls and procedures,” which are defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) to mean a company’s controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013 . Based on their evaluation, as of December 31, 2013 , our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and Rule 15d-15(f). Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in  Internal Control - Integrated Framework  (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of  December 31, 2013 .

We acquired Armorize Technologies, Inc. and Sendmail, Inc. in September 2013 and October 2013, respectively. We have excluded these entities, which were business combinations, from our evaluation of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 . These two companies are wholly-owned subsidiaries whose combined total assets and total revenue represented 2% and 3% , respectively, of the related consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 .


61

Table of Contents

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 15(a) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Changes in Internal Controls

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level. However, our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.


62

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will be set forth in the definitive Proxy Statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") and is incorporated into this report by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this report by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this report by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this report by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this report by reference.



63

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)

(1) Financial Statements

The list of consolidated financial statements and schedules set forth in the accompanying Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements at page F-1 of this annual report is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and schedules are filed as part of this annual report.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

The schedule required by this item is included in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. All other financial statement schedules are not required or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.

(b)

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits listed on the accompanying Index to Exhibits in Item 15(b) below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this annual report on Form 10-K. See Exhibit Index immediately following the Signature Pages.

64

Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Page
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

65

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Proofpoint, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of changes in convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Proofpoint, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which was an integrated audit in 2013). We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
    
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Armorize Technologies, Inc. and Sendmail, Inc. from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 because they were acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2013. We have also excluded Armorize Technologies, Inc. and Sendmail, Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Armorize Technologies, Inc. and Sendmail, Inc. are wholly-owned subsidiaries whose combined total assets and total revenues represent 2% and 3% , respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 .
 
    
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
March 14, 2014



66

Table of Contents

Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
At December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
243,786

 
$
39,254

Short-term investments
8,015

 
47,263

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $276 and $187 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
26,221

 
18,115

Inventory
860

 
567

Deferred product costs, current
1,004

 
1,184

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
7,963

 
3,491

Total current assets
287,849

 
109,874

Property and equipment, net
11,221

 
8,560

Deferred product costs, noncurrent
357

 
326

Goodwill
63,764

 
18,557

Intangible assets, net
22,976

 
2,913

Other noncurrent assets
4,392

 
211

Total assets
$
390,559

 
$
140,441

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
Accounts payable
$
7,281

 
$
2,496

Accrued liabilities
19,260

 
12,078

Notes payable and lease obligations, current
1,655

 
1,658

Deferred rent, current
297

 
462

Deferred revenue, current
89,450

 
62,642

Total current liabilities
117,943

 
79,336

Convertible senior notes
152,928

 

Notes payable and lease obligations, noncurrent
695

 
2,354

Other long-term liabilities, noncurrent
7,300

 
726

Deferred revenue, noncurrent
34,533

 
24,217

Total liabilities
313,399

 
106,633

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

 

Stockholders' equity
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value—200,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 2012; 36,140 and 33,044 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively
4

 
3

Additional paid-in capital
287,165

 
216,280

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 
3

Accumulated deficit
(210,009
)
 
(182,478
)
Total stockholders' equity
77,160

 
33,808

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
390,559

 
$
140,441


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

67

Table of Contents

Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
$
132,062

 
$
101,470

 
$
73,896

Hardware and services
5,869

 
4,825

 
7,942

Total revenue
137,931

 
106,295

 
81,838

Cost of revenue:(1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
Subscription
35,438

 
28,246

 
24,193

Hardware and services
6,124

 
4,867

 
5,537

Total cost of revenue
41,562

 
33,113

 
29,730

Gross profit
96,369

 
73,182

 
52,108

Operating expense:(1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
34,449

 
24,827

 
19,779

Sales and marketing
71,781

 
55,239

 
42,676

General and administrative
19,622

 
12,693

 
9,237

Total operating expense
125,852

 
92,759

 
71,692

Operating loss
(29,483
)
 
(19,577
)
 
(19,584
)
Interest expense, net
(641
)
 
(108
)
 
(300
)
Other (expense) income, net
(215
)
 
(154
)
 
113

Loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
(30,339
)
 
(19,839
)
 
(19,771
)
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
2,808

 
(521
)
 
(370
)
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
Net loss per share, basic and diluted
$
(0.79
)
 
$
(0.85
)
 
$
(5.03
)
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
34,874

 
24,056

 
4,005

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)   Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
1,007

 
$
657

 
$
366

Cost of hardware and services revenue
196

 
70

 
29

Research and development
3,608

 
1,869

 
1,247

Sales and marketing
4,270

 
3,103

 
1,976

General and administrative
3,002

 
1,622

 
930

(2)   Includes intangible amortization expense as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of subscription revenue
$
2,220

 
$
2,785

 
$
3,772

Research and development
47

 
30

 
1

Sales and marketing
1,743

 
461

 
769

General and administrative
34

 

 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

68

Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands)

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (losses) gains on investments, net
(3
)
 
6

 
(3
)
Comprehensive loss
$
(27,534
)
 
$
(20,354
)
 
$
(20,144
)


See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

69

Table of Contents


Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
(in thousands)

 
Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Total
Stockholders'
(Deficit) Equity
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
Balances at December 31, 2010
38,893

 
$
109,820

 
3,829

 
$
1

 
$
13,575

 
$

 
$
(141,977
)
 
$
(128,401
)
Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(20,141
)
 
(20,141
)
Unrealized loss on short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 

 
(3
)
Issuance of Series B preferred stock upon net exercise of warrants
49

 
91

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock as part of the consideration for acquisitions

 

 
677

 

 
5,406

 

 

 
5,406

Fair value of vested restricted stock units assumed in connection with acquisition

 

 

 

 
58

 

 

 
58

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 
4,548

 

 

 
4,548

Stock options exercised

 

 
456

 

 
1,178

 

 

 
1,178

Repurchase of stock options

 

 
(1
)
 

 
(4
)
 

 

 
(4
)
Vesting of early exercise options

 

 
 

 

 
12

 

 

 
12

Balances at December 31, 2011
38,942

 
109,911

 
4,961

 
1

 
24,773

 
(3
)
 
(162,118
)
 
(137,347
)
Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(20,360
)
 
(20,360
)
Unrealized gain on short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 
6

 

 
6

Issuance of common stock in April 2012 initial public offering at $13.00 per share, net of issuance costs of $7,879

 

 
5,860

 
1

 
68,294

 

 

 
68,295

Conversion of preferred stock into shares of common stock
(38,942
)
 
(109,911
)
 
19,567

 
1

 
109,910

 

 

 
109,911

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 
7,321

 

 

 
7,321

Stock options exercised

 

 
2,543

 

 
4,946

 

 

 
4,946

Issuance of common stock in connection with vested restricted stock units assumed with acquisition

 

 
21

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock withholding taxes net-settlement

 

 
(7
)
 

 
(83
)
 

 

 
(83
)
Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 
99

 

 
1,093

 

 

 
1,093

Vesting of early exercise options

 

 

 

 
26

 

 

 
26

Balances at December 31, 2012

 

 
33,044

 
3

 
216,280

 
3

 
(182,478
)
 
33,808

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(27,531
)
 
(27,531
)
Unrealized loss on short-term investments

 

 

 

 

 
(3
)
 

 
(3
)
Equity component of the convertible senior notes, net

 

 

 

 
43,293

 

 

 
43,293

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 
11,231

 

 

 
11,231

Stock options exercised

 

 
2,879

 
1

 
13,509

 

 

 
13,510

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

 

 
217

 

 
2,839

 

 

 
2,839

Vesting of early exercise options

 

 

 

 
13

 

 

 
13

Balances at December 31, 2013

 
$

 
36,140

 
$
4

 
$
287,165

 
$

 
$
(210,009
)
 
$
77,160


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70

Table of Contents

Proofpoint, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
 
Year Ended
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Cash flows from operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and amortization
9,967

 
7,710

 
7,684

Loss on disposal of property and equipment
2

 

 

Accretion of discounts on investments
575

 
520

 

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts
40

 
54

 
8

Stock-based compensation
12,083

 
7,321

 
4,548

Deferred income taxes
(3,458
)
 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 
(66
)
Change in fair value of contingent earn-outs
9

 

 
208

Amortization of debt issuance costs and accretion of debt discount
489

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts receivable
(4,500
)
 
(2,380
)
 
(2,702
)
Inventory
(223
)
 
162

 
(144
)
Deferred products costs
149

 
1,280

 
2,779

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
388

 
(934
)
 
(778
)
Noncurrent assets
(316
)
 
97

 
168

Accounts payable
931

 
(683
)
 
300

Accrued liabilities
1,883

 
3,485

 
722

Earn-out payment
(1
)
 

 
(285
)
Deferred rent
(438
)
 
(55
)
 
447

Deferred revenue
22,575

 
10,619

 
7,084

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
12,624

 
6,836

 
(168
)
Cash flows from investing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments
59,046

 
15,264

 
2,791

Purchase of short-term investments
(20,376
)
 
(60,095
)
 
(5,080
)
Purchase of property and equipment, net
(7,666
)
 
(5,904
)
 
(4,930
)
Acquisitions of business, net of cash acquired
(40,972
)
 

 
(134
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(9,968
)
 
(50,735
)
 
(7,353
)
Cash flows from financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of repurchases
16,367

 
6,060

 
1,199

Proceeds from initial public offering, net of offering costs

 
68,295

 

Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes, net of discount and issuance costs
195,641

 

 

Proceeds from equipment financing loans

 

 
4,925

Repayments of notes payable and loans
(10,033
)
 
(969
)
 
(208
)
Payment of contingent earn-outs
(99
)
 

 
(715
)
Net cash provided by financing activities
201,876

 
73,386

 
5,201

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
204,532

 
29,487

 
(2,320
)
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of period
39,254

 
9,767

 
12,087

End of period
$
243,786

 
$
39,254

 
$
9,767

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
148

 
$
49

 
$
97

Cash paid for taxes
385

 
370

 
210

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock issued in connection with acquisition
$

 
$

 
$
5,406

Fair value of vested restricted stock units assumed in connection with acquisition

 

 
58

Issuance of Series B preferred stock upon net exercise of warrants

 

 
91

Unpaid deferred offering costs
195

 

 
967

Unpaid purchases of property and equipment
1,039

 
659

 
931


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

71

Table of Contents

Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. The Company and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

Proofpoint, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware in June 2002 and is headquartered in California.

Proofpoint is a pioneering security-as-a-service vendor that enables large and mid-sized organizations worldwide to defend, protect, archive and govern their most sensitive data. The Company's security-as-a-service platform is comprised of a number of data protection solutions, including threat protection, regulatory compliance, archiving and governance, and secure communication.

Reverse Stock Split

On March 30, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved a 1-for-2 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on April 2, 2012. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every two shares of outstanding common stock was decreased to one share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock into which each outstanding option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 1-for-2 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 1-for-2 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of preferred stock outstanding was proportionately reduced on a 1-for-2 basis. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.

Principles of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

In 2013 and 2011, the Company made a number of acquisitions which are more fully described in Note 2, "Acquisitions". The Consolidated Financial Statements include the results of operations from these business combinations from their date of acquisition.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such difference may be material to the financial statements.
Foreign Currency Remeasurement and Transactions

The Company's sales to international customers are generally U.S. dollar-denominated. As a result, there are no significant foreign currency gains or losses related to these transactions. The functional currency for the Company's wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, the subsidiaries remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Remeasurement adjustments are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as transaction gains or losses within other income (expense), net, in the period of occurrence. Aggregate transaction gain (losses) included in determining net loss were $(180) , $(157) and $8 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Short-term Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity date of 90  days or less from the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds and certain types of commercial

72

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

paper. Cash and cash equivalents were $243,786 and $39,254 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively. Short-term investments consist of readily marketable securities with maturity dates within three months from the date of purchase and include certain types of commercial paper, corporate bonds, debt securities and certificates of deposit. Short-term investments were $8,015 and $47,263 at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , respectively, and all were classified as available-for-sale and were carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Realized gains and losses are included in other (expense) income, net. Fair value is estimated based on available market information. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Inventories

Inventories are stated at lower of cost or market value, with costs computed on a first-in, first-out basis. Cost is determined using standard costs which approximate actual costs. The Company periodically reviews its inventories for excess and obsolete items and adjusts carrying costs to estimated net realizable values when they are determined to be less than cost.
Inventories held at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consist primarily of finished goods.

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives its revenue primarily from two sources: (1) subscription revenue for rights related to the use of the security-as-a-service platform and (2) hardware, training and professional services revenue provided to customers related to their use of the platform. Subscription revenue is derived from a subscription‑based enterprise licensing model with contract terms typically ranging from one to three years, and consists of (i) subscription fees from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform, (ii) subscription fees for access to the on-demand elements of the platform and (iii) subscription fees for the right to access the Company’s customer support services.

The Company applies the provision of ASC 985-605, “Software Revenue Recognition” and related interpretations, to all transactions involving the licensing of software, as well as related support, training, and other professional services. ASC 985-605 requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements such as software license, support, training and other professional services to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of these elements. The fair value of an element must be based on vendor‑specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value. VSOE of fair value of each element is based on the price charged when the element is sold separately. Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met as set forth in ASC 985-605:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
Delivery has occurred,
The fee is fixed or determinable, and
Collectability is probable.
The Company has analyzed all of the elements included in its multiple element arrangements and has determined that it does not have sufficient VSOE of fair value to allocate revenue to its subscription and software license agreements, support, training, and professional services. The Company defers all revenue under the software arrangement until the commencement of the subscription services and any associated professional services. Once the subscription services and the associated professional services have commenced, the entire fee from the arrangement is recognized ratably over the remaining period of the arrangement. If the professional services are essential to the functionality of the subscription, then the revenue recognition does not commence until such services are completed.
In the Consolidated Statements of Operations, revenue is categorized as "subscription" and "hardware and services." Although the Company is unable to separate its multiple elements under the applicable revenue recognition guidance since it does not have sufficient VSOE of fair value for revenue recognition purposes, the Company has used a systematic and rational estimate to classify revenue between subscription and hardware and services. For presentation purposes only, the Company allocates revenue to hardware and services based upon management's best estimate of fair value of such deliverables using a cost plus model. The remaining consideration of the arrangement is then allocated to subscription revenue. Management

73

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

believes that this methodology provides a reasonable basis to allocate revenue between "subscription" and "hardware and services" for presentation purposes.
The hosted on-demand service agreements do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software supporting the hosted service. The Company recognizes revenue from its hosted on-demand services in accordance with ASC 605-20, and as such recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met:
Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,
Delivery of the Company’s obligations to its customers has occurred,
Collection of the fees is probable, and
The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.
In October 2009, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements (“ASU 2009-13”) to:
Provide updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated, and how the arrangement consideration should be allocated among its elements;
Require an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement that has separate units of accounting using best estimated selling price (“BESP”) of deliverables if a vendor does not have VSOE of fair value or third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”), and
Eliminate the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method to the separate unit of accounting.
Concurrently, the FASB amended the accounting guidance for revenue recognition (“ASU 2009-14”) to exclude hardware appliances containing software components and hardware components that function together to deliver the hardware appliance’s essential functionality from the scope of the software revenue recognition guidance of ASC 985-605.
The Company elected to adopt this new guidance in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 for new and materially modified revenue arrangements originating after January 1, 2011.
For all arrangements within the scope of these new accounting pronouncements, including the Company’s hosted on-demand services, the Company evaluates each element in a multiple element arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. Revenue derived from the licensing of the security-as-a-service platform continues to be accounted for in accordance with the industry specific revenue recognition guidance.
Hardware appliance revenue is recognized upon shipment. Subscription and support revenue are recognized over the contract period commencing on the start date of the contract. Professional services and training, when sold with hardware appliances or subscription and support services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription and support services, the Company considers the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the services, and the dependence of the subscription services on the customer’s decision to buy the professional services. If professional services and training do not qualify for separate accounting, the Company recognizes the professional services and training ratably over the contract term of the subscription services.
Delivery generally occurs when the hardware appliance is delivered to a common carrier freight on board shipping point by the Company or the hosted service has been activated and communicated to the customer accordingly. The Company’s

74

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

fees are typically considered to be fixed or determinable at the inception of an arrangement and are negotiated at the outset of an arrangement, generally based on specific products and quantities to be delivered. In the event payment terms are provided that differ significantly from the Company's standard business practices, the fees are deemed to not be fixed or determinable and revenue is recognized as the fees become paid.
The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history of the customer. Through December 31, 2013 , the Company has not experienced significant credit losses.
Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the sale of the Company’s subscription fees, training and professional services. Once the revenue recognition criteria are met, this revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the associated contract.

Deferred Product Costs
    
Deferred product costs are the incremental costs that are directly associated with each noncancellable customer contract or hosting agreement and primarily consist of cost of appliances and royalty payments made to third parties, from whom the Company has obtained licenses to integrate certain software into its products. The costs are deferred and amortized over the noncancellable term of the related customer contract or hosting agreement, which typically range from 12 to 36  months.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the related asset. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset or improvement. Cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is included in other (expense) income, net.

Impairment of Intangible Assets and Other Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with ASC 360, "Property, Plant, and Equipment," the Company evaluates long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, including intangible assets other than goodwill, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amount of such assets (or asset group) to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets (or asset group) is expected to generate. If the assets are considered to be impaired, the amount of any impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the impaired assets. The Company also evaluates the estimated remaining useful lives of intangible assets and other long-lived assets to assess whether a revision to the remaining periods of amortization is required. No assets were determined to be impaired to date.

Advertising and Promotion Costs

Expenses related to advertising and promotion of solutions is charged to sales and marketing expense as incurred. The Company did not incur any significant advertising and promotion expenses during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 .

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired enterprise over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company applies ASC 350, "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other" and performs an annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of the Company's fiscal year and more frequently if an event or circumstances indicates that an impairment may have occurred. For the purposes of impairment testing, the Company has determined that it has one reporting unit. The Company performs a two-step impairment test of goodwill whereby the fair value

75

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

of the reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired and further testing is not required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform the second step of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then an impairment loss equal to the difference is recorded. The identification and measurement of goodwill impairment involves the estimation of the fair value of the Company. The estimate of fair value of the Company, based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment, is subjective and requires judgment, including management assumptions about expected future revenue forecasts and discount rates, changes in the overall economy, trends in the stock price and other factors. No impairment was identified by the Company as of December 31, 2013 .

Intangible assets consist of developed technology, vendor relationships and customer relationships. The values assigned to intangibles are based on estimates and judgments regarding expectations for success and life cycle of solutions and technologies acquired.

Intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives, which approximate the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed, as follows (in years):

 
Low
 
High
Patents
4
 
5
Developed technology
3
 
7
Customer relationships
2
 
4
Non-compete agreements
2
 
4
Tradenames and trademarks
1
 
5

Warranty
    
The Company provides limited warranties on all sales and provides for the estimated cost of the warranties at the date of sale, to the extent not already provided by its own vendors. The estimated cost of warranties has not been material to date.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, which requires use of the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the Consolidated Financial Statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent the Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

The Company has elected to use the "with and without" approach as described in ASC 740-20, "Intraperiod Tax Allocation" in determining the order in which tax attributes are utilized. As a result, the Company will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to the Company have been utilized. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the impact of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credit, through the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the income tax expense line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Employee Benefit Plans

76

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)


The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all employees. The Company may make discretionary contributions to the 401(k). To date, no contributions have been made by the Company.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718, "Compensation—Stock Compensation" using the prospective transition method prescribed for private companies. Using the prospective transition method, compensation expense recognized includes the compensation cost for all share-based payment awards granted to employees subsequent to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. Stock compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which generally equals the vesting period. Under ASC 718, the Company is required to estimate potential forfeitures of stock grants and adjust compensation cost recorded accordingly. The estimate of forfeitures is computed based on historical data of employee turnover and is adjusted over the requisite service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the prior estimates. Changes in estimated forfeitures are recognized in the period of change and will impact the amount of stock compensation expenses to be recognized in future periods.

Stock-based compensation expense recognized is shown in the operating activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. In addition, ASC 718 requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions on stock option exercises in excess of the stock-based compensation expense recognized (excess tax benefits) to be classified in the financing activities section of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , the Company did not recognize any excess tax benefits.

The Company accounts for stock options issued to non-employees in accordance with the provisions of ASC 505-50 using a fair-value approach. The measurement of stock-based compensation for non-employees is subject to periodic adjustments as the options vest, and the expense is recognized over the period over which services are received. Stock-based compensation expense for non-employees has not been material for all periods presented.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity that are not the result of transactions with stockholders. The Company’s comprehensive income (loss) consists of its net loss and changes in unrealized gains (losses) from its available-for-sale investments. Total comprehensive loss has been presented in the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company adopted ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income," which requires filers to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net loss. The Company had no significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net loss for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 .    
Recent Accounting Policies
In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, "Income Taxes", a new accounting standard update on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits. The new guidance provides that a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit would be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The new guidance becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2014 and it should be applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date with retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new guidance but does not believe it will have a material impact.

2. Acquisitions

In 2013, the Company entered into agreements to acquire five companies (collectively, the "Acquisitions"). Additionally, there were two other acquisitions in 2011 by the Company. Each acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in which the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities of each acquired company were

77

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

recorded at their respective fair values as of each acquisition date, including an amount for goodwill representing the difference between the respective acquisition consideration and fair values of identifiable net assets. The Company believes the combined entities will achieve savings in corporate overhead costs and opportunities for growth through expanded geographic and customer segment diversity with the ability to leverage additional products and capabilities. These factors, among others, contributed to a purchase price in excess of the estimated fair value of each acquired company's net identifiable assets acquired and, as a result, goodwill was recorded in connection with each acquisition. Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

Sendmail, Inc.

On October 1, 2013 (the "Sendmail Acquisition Date"), pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company merged with and into Sendmail, Inc. ("Sendmail"), with Sendmail surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Formerly based in Emeryville, California, Sendmail is a leading provider of messaging infrastructure solutions to enterprises whose solutions ensure global email connectivity, routing and message delivery between people, systems and applications located on-premise, in-cloud or on mobile devices. The acquisition of Sendmail allows the Company access to its Sentrion Email Platform business, customers, core engineering and professional teams which have demonstrated a sustained level of expertise in messaging infrastructure.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company completed the valuation of the estimated fair values of the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed at the Sendmail Acquisition Date, and the results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the Sendmail Acquisition Date. The Company recorded $2,975 in revenue from Sendmail for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

At the Sendmail Acquisition Date, the Company paid $12,463 in cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $1,117 . Of the cash consideration paid, $3,422 was held in escrow to secure indemnification obligations, which has not been released as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the acquisition, the Company assumed and paid off $7,933 in long-term debt on the Sendmail Acquisition Date. The Company incurred $1,877 in acquisition-related costs which were recorded in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the fair values of tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, intangible assets and goodwill:


 
Estimated
Fair Value in USD
Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Tangible assets acquired
$
5,202

N/A
Liabilities assumed
(5,398
)
N/A
Deferred revenue assumed
(14,549
)
N/A
Long-term debt assumed
(7,933
)
N/A
Trade name
400

5
Customer relationships
8,000

3
Patents
300

5
Core/developed technology
3,000

3
Goodwill
24,558

Indefinite
 
$
13,580

 

Armorize Technologies, Inc.

On September 5, 2013 (the "Armorize Acquisition Date"), pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company merged with and into Armorize Technologies, Inc. ("Armorize"), with Armorize surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Based in Taiwan, Armorize develops and markets leading cloud-based

78

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

SaaS anti-malware products and will add real-time dynamic detection of next generation threats and malware to the Company's existing capabilities.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2013, the Company completed the valuation of the estimated fair values of the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed at the Armorize Acquisition Date, and the results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the Armorize Acquisition Date. The Company recorded $781 in revenue from Armorize for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

At the Armorize Acquisition Date, the Company paid $24,215 in cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $1,746 . Of the cash consideration paid, $3,750 was held in escrow to secure indemnification obligations, which has not been released as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company incurred $747 in acquisition-related costs which were recorded in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the fair values of tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, intangible assets and goodwill:


 
Estimated
Fair Value in USD
Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Tangible assets acquired
$
2,754

N/A
Liabilities assumed
(1,256
)
N/A
Customer relationships
1,300

2
Non-compete agreements
500

3
Core/developed technology
3,850

5
Goodwill
18,813

Indefinite
 
$
25,961

 

Abaca Technology Corporation

On July 19, 2013 (the "Abaca Technology Acquisition Date"), pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan of Merger, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company merged with and into Abaca Technology Corporation ("Abaca Technology"), with Abaca Technology surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Abaca Technology specializes in email filtering and protection algorithms and their cloud-based, in-memory threat scoring technologies are expected to complement the Company's continued investment in anti-spam and threat detection capabilities.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2013, the Company completed the valuation of the estimated fair values of the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities at the Abaca Technology Acquisition Date, and the results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the Abaca Technology Acquisition Date. The Company recorded $311 in revenue from Abaca Technology for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

At the Abaca Technology Acquisition Date, the Company paid $23 in cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $3 . The purchase consideration included an additional amount of $1,520 which was held back to secure contingent liabilities related to indemnification obligations. The initial fair values of the contingent liabilities of $1,397 were recorded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The indemnification obligations have not been released as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company incurred $218 in acquisition-related costs which were recorded in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed


79

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the fair values of tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, intangible assets and goodwill:

 
Estimated
Fair Value in USD
Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Tangible assets acquired
$
311

N/A
Liabilities assumed
(975
)
N/A
Customer relationships
40

3
Core/developed technology
1,770

5
Goodwill
277

Indefinite
 
$
1,423

 

eDynamics, LLC

On July 10, 2013 (the "eDynamics Acquisition Date"), pursuant to the terms of an Asset Purchase Agreement. the Company purchased substantially all of the business intellectual property and assumed certain liabilities of eDynamics, LLC ("eDynamics"). eDynamics is a social media archiving company and is expected to be an integral part of the Company's broader effort in rolling out a comprehensive social media archiving platform for customers.

During the quarter ended September 30, 2013, the Company completed the valuation of the estimated fair values of the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed at the eDynamics Acquisition Date, and the results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the eDynamics Acquisition Date. Revenue from eDynamics was immaterial for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

At the eDynamics Acquisition Date, the Company paid $500 in cash consideration. The Company also agreed to pay earn-out consideration ("Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability") of up to $600 through April 2014, such liability being contingent upon the achievement of specified product development milestones. The initial fair value of the contingent earn-out liability of $586 was recorded as part of the purchase consideration. The purchase consideration also included an additional amount of $100 , which was held back to secure any claims that may arise in the 12-month period after the eDynamics Acquisition Date. The initial fair value of such amount withheld of $72 as well as the Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability were recorded in accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company paid $100 of the contingent earn-out liability during the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company incurred $6 in acquisition-related costs which were recorded in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the fair values of tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, intangible assets and goodwill:

 
Estimated
Fair Value in USD
Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Customer relationships
$
243

3.5
Non-compete agreements
75

2
Core/developed technology
733

3.5
Goodwill
107

Indefinite
 
$
1,158

 

Mail Distiller Limited

On April 5, 2013 (the "Mail Distiller Acquisition Date"), pursuant to the terms of a share transfer agreement, the Company purchased all of the outstanding share capital of Mail Distiller Limited, a Northern Ireland Company ("Mail

80

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Distiller"). Mail Distiller is a European-based provider of the SaaS email security solutions. Mail Distiller allowed the Company to create the Proofpoint Essentials product line, a suite of SaaS security and compliance solutions specifically designed for distribution across managed service providers and dedicated security resellers.

During the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Company completed the valuation of the estimated fair values of the acquired tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities assumed at the Mail Distiller Acquisition Date, and the results of operations and the fair values of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements since the Mail Distiller Acquisition Date. The Company recognized $216 in revenue from Mail Distiller for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

At the Mail Distiller Acquisition Date, the Company paid $3,771 in cash consideration, net of cash acquired of $60 . The purchase consideration included an additional amount of $669 held back to secure indemnification obligations, which was recorded in accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The indemnification obligations have not been released as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company incurred $258 in acquisition-related costs which were recorded in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 .

Fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the fair values of tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, intangible assets and goodwill:

 
Estimated
Fair Value in USD
Estimated
Useful Life (in years)
Tangible assets acquired
$
204

N/A
Liabilities assumed
(1,052
)
N/A
Trade name
7

1
Customer relationships
1,291

2
Non-compete agreements
123

2
Core/developed technology
2,475

7
Goodwill
1,452

Indefinite
 
$
4,500

 

NextPage, Inc.

On December 23, 2011, the Company acquired NextPage, Inc. ("NextPage"), a Delaware corporation, for a combination of common stock, restricted stock units and cash for a value totaling $5,465 .    NextPage contributed to the Company's file archiving and governance capabilities and was incorporated into its Enterprise Governance solution.

Spam and Open Relay Blocking System (“SORBS”)
On June 30, 2011, the Company completed an asset purchase from GFI Software Ltd., a British Virgin Islands corporation (the "SORBS Agreement"). Under the terms of the SORBS agreement, the Company paid cash considerations of $200 for intellectual property and fixed assets
Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 as if all the Acquisitions completed during 2013 had been completed on January 1, 2012, with adjustments to give effect to pro forma events that are directly attributable to the Acquisitions such as amortization expense from revenue, acquired intangible assets and acquisition-related transaction costs. The unaudited pro forma results do not reflect any operating efficiencies or potential cost savings which may result from the consolidation of the operations of the Company and Acquisitions. Accordingly, these unaudited pro formas results are presented for informational purposes only and

81

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

are not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations of the combined company would have been if the Acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, nor are they indicative of future results of operations:

 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Total revenue
$
165,787

 
$
150,934

Net loss
(37,000
)
 
(28,229
)
Basic and diluted net loss per share
$
(1.06
)
 
$
(1.17
)

The unaudited pro forma financial information includes non-recurring acquisition-related transaction costs of $3,107 for the year ended December 31, 2012 .

3. Concentration of Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable.

The Company limits its concentration of risk in cash equivalents and short-term investments by diversifying its investments among a variety of industries and issuers and by limiting the average maturity to one year or less. The Company's professional portfolio managers adhere to this investment policy as approved by the Company's Board of Directors.

The Company's investment policy is to invest only in fixed income investments denominated and payable in U.S. dollars. Investment in obligations of the U.S. government and its agencies, money market instruments, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances, corporate bonds of U.S. companies, municipal securities and asset backed securities are allowed. The Company does not invest in auction rate securities, futures contracts, or hedging instruments.

The Company's accounts receivables are derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in the United States of America. The Company performs periodic evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally does not require its customers to provide collateral or other security to support accounts receivable, and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts. Credit losses historically have not been significant.

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 , one customer accounted for 14% of total revenue. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of total revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011.

At December 31, 2013 , there were no customers that accounted for more than 10% of total accounts receivable. At December 31, 2012, one customer accounted for 10% of total accounts receivable.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012 , one vendor accounted for 16% and 22% , respectively, of total accounts payable. No other vendors accounted for more than 10% of total accounts payable.

4. Balance Sheet Components

Allowance for doubtful accounts activity and balances are presented below:

 
Balance at
Beginning of
Period
 
Additions
to Costs and
Expenses
 
Write
Offs
 
Balance at
End of
Period
Year ended December 31, 2011
$
257

 
$
8

 
$
(32
)
 
$
233

Year ended December 31, 2012
233

 
54

 
(100
)
 
187

Year ended December 31, 2013
$
187

 
$
91

 
$
(2
)
 
$
276


Additions during the year ended December 31, 2013 includes allowance for doubtful accounts activity from the Acquisitions.


82

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Property and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 , consist of the following:

 
Useful Life
(in years)
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Computer equipment
2 to 3
 
$
31,305

 
$
22,204

Software
2
 
1,782

 
1,712

Furniture
5
 
76

 
76

Office equipment
2 to 5
 
397

 
347

Leasehold improvements
5 years or shorter of the lease term
 
1,298

 
1,217

Other
2
 
59

 
54

Construction in progress
 
 
339

 
1,158

 
 
 
35,256

 
26,768

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
 
(24,035
)
 
(18,208
)
 
 
 
$
11,221

 
$
8,560


Property and equipment acquired under capital leases:

 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Computer equipment
$
346

 
$
341

Less: Accumulated depreciation
(317
)
 
(269
)
 
$
29

 
$
72


Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , was approximately $5,923 , $4,434 , and $3,142 , respectively. This included depreciation expense for assets under capital leases of $48 , $42 and $151 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

The Company capitalized software development costs of $400 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Amortization of capitalized software development costs was approximately $159 , $200 and $41 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Capitalized software development costs were fully amortized as of December 31, 2013 .

Accrued liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Accrued compensation
$
8,886

 
$
7,125

Customer deposits
2,098

 
102

Accrued royalties
766

 
262

Other
7,510

 
4,589

 
$
19,260

 
$
12,078


5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The goodwill activity and balances are presented below:


83

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Opening balance
$
18,557

 
$
18,557

Add: Goodwill from acquisitions
45,207

 

Closing balance
$
63,764

 
$
18,557


The goodwill balance as of December 31, 2013 was the result of the acquisitions of Fortiva, Sigaba, EDN, SORBS, NextPage and the Acquisitions completed during the year ended December 31, 2013 (see Note 2, "Acquisitions").

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets excluding goodwill, consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2013
 
December 31, 2012
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Developed technology
$
29,468

 
$
(17,383
)
 
$
12,085

 
$
17,641

 
$
(15,163
)
 
$
2,478

Customer relationships
13,282

 
(3,726
)
 
9,556

 
2,408

 
(2,109
)
 
299

Non-compete
804

 
(170
)
 
634

 
106

 
(27
)
 
79

Trademark and patents
806

 
(105
)
 
701

 
98

 
(41
)
 
57

 
$
44,360

 
$
(21,384
)
 
$
22,976

 
$
20,253

 
$
(17,340
)
 
$
2,913


Amortization expense of intangibles totaled $4,044 , $3,276 and $4,542 during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

Future estimated amortization costs of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 are presented below:
Year Ended December 31,
 
2014
$
7,858

2015
7,100

2016
4,767

2017
1,622

2018
1,175

Thereafter
454

 
$
22,976


6. Fair Value Measurements and Investments

Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value has been defined to minimize the use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable market data when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on active market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.
The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels:
Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
The Company’s Level 1 assets generally consist of money market funds.

84

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Level 2: Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
The Company’s Level 2 assets and liabilities generally consist of corporate bonds and agency debt securities, commercial paper, certificates of deposit and convertible senior notes.
Level 3: Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, as well as significant management judgment or estimation.
In connection with the acquisition of eDynamics, a liability was recognized on the eDynamics Acquisition Date for the estimate of the fair value of the Company's contingent earn-out payments related to eDynamics. The Company determined the fair value of the Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability based on the probability-based attainment of product development milestones. Any changes to the variables and assumptions could significantly impact the estimated fair values recorded for the liability, resulting in significant charges to the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The fair value measurements are based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represent Level 3 measurements, which reflect the Company's own assumptions concerning achievement of the product development milestones of eDynamics, in measuring the fair value of the Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability.

The following tables summarize, for each category of assets or liabilities carried at fair value, the respective fair value as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the classification by level of input within the fair value hierarchy:
 
Balance as of
December 31,
2013
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
$
215,094

 
$
215,094

 
$

 
$

Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
6,015

 

 
6,015

 

Certificates of deposit
2,000

 

 
2,000

 

Total financial assets
$
223,109

 
$
215,094

 
$
8,015

 
$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability
$
495

 
$

 
$

 
$
495


85

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Balance as of
December 31,
2012
 
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
$
26,485

 
$
26,485

 
$

 
$

Commercial paper
1,020

 
1,020

 

 

Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
29,267

 

 
29,267

 

Commercial paper
15,988

 

 
15,988

 

Certificates of deposit
2,008

 

 
2,008

 

Total financial assets
$
74,768

 
$
27,505

 
$
47,263

 
$


Based on quoted market prices as of December 31, 2013 , the fair value of the Notes was approximately $216,306 , determined using Level 2 inputs as they are not actively traded in markets.

The following table represents a reconciliation of the Acquisition-related contingent earn-out liability measured at fair value on a recurring basis, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended December 31, 2013 :
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
$

Additions during the period
 
586

Payments during the period
 
(100
)
Adjustments to fair value during the period recorded in General and Administrative expenses
 
9

Balance at December 31, 2013
 
$
495

The carrying amounts of the Company's cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates that are available to the Company for loans with similar terms and consideration of the Company's credit risk, the carrying value of the notes payable approximates their fair values using Level 2 inputs.

Investments
The cost and fair value of the Company’s cash and available-for-sale investments as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

86

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
December 31, 2013
 
Cost Basis
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
28,692

 
$

 
$

 
$
28,692

Money market funds
215,094

 

 

 
215,094

Total
$
243,786

 
$

 
$

 
$
243,786

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
$
6,015

 
$

 
$

 
$
6,015

Certificates of deposit
2,000

 

 

 
2,000

Total
$
8,015

 
$

 
$

 
$
8,015

 
December 31, 2012
 
Cost Basis
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
Cash and cash equivalents:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash
$
11,749

 
$

 
$

 
$
11,749

Money market funds
26,485

 

 

 
26,485

Commercial paper
1,020

 

 

 
1,020

Total
$
39,254

 
$

 
$

 
$
39,254

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
$
29,266

 
$
4

 
$
(3
)
 
$
29,267

Commercial paper
15,987

 
1

 

 
15,988

Certificate of deposit
2,007

 
1

 

 
2,008

Total
$
47,260

 
$
6

 
$
(3
)
 
$
47,263

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , all investments mature in less than one year . Estimated fair values for marketable securities are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments.
     
7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases certain of its facilities under noncancellable operating leases with various expiration dates through January 2019.

Rent expense was $1,774 , $1,520 and $1,471 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

Capital Leases

In July 2012, the Company entered into two lease agreements to lease certain office equipment with expiration dates in July and October 2015. The leases bear an annual interest rate of 4.50% and are secured by fixed assets used in the Company's office locations.
At December 31, 2013 , future annual minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating and capital leases were as follows:

87

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
2014
$
18

 
$
4,605

2015
11

 
1,382

2016

 
893

2017

 
310

2018

 
181

Thereafter

 
8

Total minimum lease payments
29

 
$
7,379

Less: Amount representing interest
(1
)
 
 
Present value of capital lease obligations
28

 
 
Less: Current portion
(18
)
 
 
Long-term portion of capital lease obligations
$
10

 
 

Contingencies

Under the indemnification provisions of the Company's customer agreements, the Company agrees to indemnify and defend and hold harmless its customers against, among other things, infringement of any patent, trademark or copyright under any country's laws or the misappropriation of any trade secret arising from the customers' legal use of the Company's solutions. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customers under the applicable customer agreement. However, certain indemnification provisions potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the aggregate amount paid to the Company by the customer under the applicable customer agreement. To date, there have been no claims against the Company or its customers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Legal Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be involved in legal proceedings and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. On December 16, 2013, Finjan, Inc. sued the Company and Armorize in the United States District Court, Northern District of California for alleged patent infringement of a variety of its patents, demanding preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, and unspecified damages. The Company filed an answer to the complaint on February 10, 2014. An initial case management conference is scheduled for April 2014. The Company intends to vigorously defend the lawsuit. Based on the early stage of the claims and evaluation of the facts available at this time, the amount or range of reasonable possible losses to which the Company is exposed cannot be estimated and the ultimate resolution of this matter and the associated financial impact, if any, remains uncertain at this time. However, intellectual property litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that the expenses associated with defending any litigation or the resolution of this dispute would not have a material adverse impact on the Company's results of operations or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, such proceedings and claims can have an adverse impact on the Company because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of resources and other factors, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained.

8. Convertible Senior Notes

On December 11, 2013 , the Company issued $175,000 principal amount of 1.25% Convertible Senior Notes (the "Notes") due 2018 in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers ("Holders") pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1944 (the "Exchange Act"), as amended. The initial Holders of the Notes also had an option to purchase an additional $26,250 in principal amount which was exercised in full. The net proceeds after underwriter discount and issuance costs of $5,803 from the Notes offering were approximately $195,446 . The Company intends to use the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes, which may include funding the Company's operations, capital expenditures, potential acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies believed to be of strategic importance. The Notes bear interest at 1.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears every June 15 and December 15, beginning on June 15, 2014.

The Notes are unsecured and rank senior in right of payment to any indebtedness expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes. They rank equally with the Company's other existing and future unsecured indebtedness that is not

88

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

subordinated and are structurally subordinated to any current or future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing the indebtedness and other liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries.

The initial conversion rate is 25.6271 shares of the Company’s common stock per $1 principal amount of notes which equates to 5,158 shares of common stock, or a conversion price equivalent of $39.02 per share of common stock. Throughout the term of the Notes, the conversion rate may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events. The Notes mature on December 15, 2018 , unless repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms prior to such date.

At the Company's option, on or after December 20, 2016 , the Company will be able redeem all or a portion of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, under certain conditions. The Company may redeem the Notes in shares of the Company’s common stock, cash, or some combination of each.

Prior to June 15, 2018 , the Notes will be convertible at the option of the Holders only upon the satisfaction of certain conditions and during certain periods if any of the the following events occur:

during the calendar quarter commencing after March 31, 2014, if the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock is greater than or equal to 130% of the applicable conversion price on each such trading day for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter;
during the 5 business day period after any 5 consecutive trading day period in which the trading price, as defined, per $1 principal amount of Notes for each trading day of such measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company's common stock and the applicable conversion rate on each such trading day;
upon a notice of redemption by the Company; or
upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions.

Subsequent to June 15, 2018 , Holders may convert their Notes at the applicable conversion rate at any time prior to the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date.

Holders of the Notes also have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the Notes at 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid special interest, if any, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes to the Company.

In accordance with the authoritative accounting guidance, the Company allocated the total amount of the Notes into liability and equity components. The carrying value of the liability component at issuance was calculated as the present value of its cash flows using a discount rate of 6.5% based on the a blended rate between the yield rate for a Moody's B1-rating and the average debt rate for comparable convertible transactions from similar companies. The difference between the Notes principal and the carrying value of the liability component, representing the value of conversion premium assigned to the equity component, was recorded as an increase to additional paid in capital and as a debt discount on the issuance date. The equity component is being accreted using the effective interest rate method over the period from the issuance date through December 15, 2018 as a non-cash charge to interest expense. The amount recorded to additional paid in capital is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification. Upon issuance of the Notes, the Company recorded $156,672 as debt and $44,578 as additional paid in capital within stockholders' equity.
 
Additionally, the underwriters' discount and issuance costs were bifurcated into debt issuance costs (attributable to the liability component) and equity issuance costs (attributable to the equity component) based on their relative fair values. The debt issuance costs were capitalized and recorded as deferred offering costs in other noncurrent assets and are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest rate method from the issuance date through December 15, 2018 . The equity issuance costs were recorded as a decrease to additional paid-in capital at the issuance date.

At December 31, 2013 , the net carrying amount of the liability component of the Notes consists of:    



Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Liability component:
 
Principal
$
201,250

Less: debt discount, net of amortization
(48,322
)
Net carrying amount
$
152,928

 
 
Equity component (1)
$
43,293

(1) Recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as additional paid-in capital, net of the $1,285 issuance costs in equity

For the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company incurred the interest expense related to the Notes:

1.25% coupon
$
138

Amortization of debt discount
486

Amortization of debt issuance costs
3

 
$
627


9. Debt

Equipment Financing Loans

The Company entered into a new equipment loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank in April 2011 for an aggregate loan principal amount of $6,000 . Interest on the advances is equal to prime rate plus 0.50% . As of December 31, 2013 , the interest on the outstanding advances was 4.50% . The Company had the ability to draw down on this equipment line through April 19, 2012. Each drawn amount is due 48  months after funding. Borrowings outstanding under the equipment loan at December 31, 2013 were $2,326 . Equipment financed under this loan arrangement is collateralized by the respective assets underlying the loan. The terms of the loan restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends. The loan includes a covenant that requires the Company to maintain cash and cash equivalents plus net accounts receivable of at least two times the amount of all outstanding indebtedness. As of December 31, 2013 , as a result of the issuance of the Notes, the Company was not in compliance with the covenant which Silicon Valley Bank waived. Subsequently, the Company has amended the loan agreement with Silicon Valley Bank to exclude the impact of the Notes on the covenant.

Interest expense for equipment financing loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $140 , $211 and $54 , respectively.
At December 31, 2013 , the remaining repayment commitments related to the equipment loans are as follows:
2014
$
1,642

2015
684

 
$
2,326

10. Common Stock

Initial Public Offering
In April 2012, the Company completed its initial public offering of its common stock to the public (“IPO”) whereby 5,859 shares of common stock sold by the Company (inclusive of 729 shares of common stock from the partial exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters) and 1,370 shares of common stock sold by the selling shareholders (inclusive of 171 shares of common stock from the partial exercise of the overallotment option granted to the underwriters). The public offering price of the shares sold in the offering was $13.00 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling stockholders. The total gross proceeds from the offering to the Company were $76,200 . After deducting underwriters’ discounts and commissions and offering expenses, the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company totaled


Table of Contents

approximately $68,300 . Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, all shares of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 19,567 shares of common stock. As a result, following the IPO, the Company has two classes of authorized stock: common stock and preferred stock.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock totaling 205,000 shares, of which 5,000 are designated as preferred stock and 200,000 are designated common stock, each with a par value of $0.0001 per share.
On March 30, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors approved a 1-for-2 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on April 2, 2012. All of the share numbers, share prices, and exercise prices have been retrospectively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split.
The following table presents the shares authorized and issued and outstanding as of the dates presented:
 
As of December 31, 2013
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
Shares
 
Shares
 
Authorized
 
Outstanding
 
Authorized
 
Outstanding
Common stock
200,000

 
36,140

 
200,000

 
33,044

Undesignated preferred stock
5,000

 

 
5,000

 

 
205,000
 
36,140

 
205,000
 
33,044
Number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance was as follows:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Options available for future grant under the stock plans
4,584

 
4,611

Options outstanding under stock plans
7,223

 
9,636

Shares available for future issuance under ESPP
759

 
646

Common stock issuable upon exercise of warrant and settlement of outstanding restricted stock units
1,216

 
3

Common stock issuable upon conversion of the convertible senior notes
5,158

 

Total shares reserved
18,940

 
14,896

11. Stock Option Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans
On March 30, 2012, the Board of Directors and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2012 Plan"), which became effective in April 2012. The Company has two equity incentive plans: the Company’s 2002 stock option plan (the “2002 Plan”) and the 2012 Plan. Upon the IPO, all shares that were reserved under the 2002 Plan but not issued, and shares issued but subsequently returned to the plan through forfeitures, cancellations and repurchases became part of the 2012 Plan and no further shares will be granted pursuant to the 2002 Plan. All outstanding stock awards under the 2002 and 2012 Plans will continue to be governed by their existing terms. Under the 2012 Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options (“ISOs”), nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”), restricted stock awards, stock bonus awards, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and performance shares. The 2012 Plan also allows direct issuance of common stock to employees, outside directors and consultants at prices equal to the fair market value at the date of grant of options or issuance of common stock. Additionally, the 2012 Plan provides for the grant of performance cash awards to employees, directors and consultants. The Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares (at the option exercise price) of common stock issued directly or under option exercises. The right of repurchase generally expires over the vesting period.

91

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Under the 2002 and 2012 Plans, the term of an option grant shall not exceed ten years from the date of its grant and options generally vest over a three to four -year period, with vesting on a monthly or annual interval. Under the 2012 Plan, 20,316 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance to eligible participants. As of December 31, 2013 , 4,584 shares were available for future grant. Restricted stock awards generally vest over a four -year period with 25% vesting at the end of one year and the remaining vest quarterly thereafter. The number of shares available for grant and issuance under the 2012 Plan will be increased automatically on each January 1 of 2013 through 2016 by an amount equal to 5% of the Company's shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, but not to exceed 3,724 shares, unless the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to make a smaller increase.
Stock Options

The fair value of options granted is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. This valuation model for stock-based compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of the common stock price, an assumed risk-free interest rate and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period estimates are revised. No compensation cost is recorded for options that do not vest and the compensation cost from vested options, whether forfeited or not, is not reversed.

Prior to the Company's IPO, the Board of Directors, in good faith, determined the fair market values of the Company's common stock, based on the best information available to the Board and the Company's management at the time of grant. The Company performed its analysis in accordance with applicable elements of the practice aid issued by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants entitled Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The procedures performed to determine the fair value of the Company's common stock were based on a probability‑weighted expected return method to estimate the aggregate equity value of the Company.

The weighted average fair value of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , was $9.50 , $5.65 and $6.33 , respectively. The fair values were estimated on the grant dates using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Expected life (in years)
5.31 - 6.08
 
5.50 - 6.08
 
5.85 - 6.08
Volatility
57% - 61%
 
59% - 60%
 
59% - 61%
Risk-free interest rate
0.9% - 1.8%
 
0.9% - 1.2%
 
1.2% - 2.5%
Dividend yield
—%
 
—%
 
—%

The estimate for expected life of options granted reflects the midpoint of the vesting term and the contractual life computed utilizing the simplified method as allowed by the SEC staff. The Company does not have significant historical share option exercise experience and hence considers the expected term assumption calculated using the simplified method to be reasonable. Since the Company's stock has been publicly traded for a limited time, the stock volatility assumptions represent an estimate of the historical volatilities of the common stock of a group of publicly-traded peer companies that operate in a similar industry. The estimate was determined based on the average historical volatilities of these peer companies. The risk-free interest rate used was the Federal Reserve Bank's constant maturities interest rate commensurate with the expected life of the options in effect at the time of the grant. The expected dividend yield was zero, as the Company does not anticipate paying a dividend within the relevant time frame. Expected forfeitures are estimated based on the Company's historical experience.

The Company realized no income tax benefit from stock option exercises in each of the periods presented due to recurring losses and valuation allowances.

Stock option activity under the Plan is as follows:


92

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Shares subject to
Options Outstanding
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Balance at December 31, 2010
9,711

 
$
3.15

 
6.18

 
$
21,619

Options granted
2,533

 
6.33

 
 

 
 

Options exercised
(456
)
 
2.63

 
 

 
 

Options forfeited and canceled
(1,083
)
 
4.16

 
 

 
 

Balance at December 31, 2011
10,705

 
3.83

 
6.77

 
44,466

Options granted
2,243

 
10.29

 
 
 
 
Options exercised
(2,543
)
 
1.95

 
 
 
 
Options forfeited and canceled
(769
)
 
6.26

 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
9,636

 
5.63

 
7.33

 
64,719

Options granted
1,618

 
17.46

 
 
 
 
Options exercised
(2,879
)
 
4.69

 
 
 
 
Options forfeited and canceled
(1,152
)
 
8.65

 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
7,223

 
$
8.17

 
6.82

 
$
180,543

Exercisable, December 31, 2013
4,000

 
$
4.76

 
5.61

 
$
113,648

Vested and expected to vest, December 31, 2013
6,750

 
$
7.77

 
6.70

 
$
171,429


The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $45,454 , $18,950 and $1,505 , for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. Total cash proceeds from such option exercises were $13,509 , $4,966 and $1,198 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

The fair value of option grants that vested was $8,206 , $5,736 and $4,015 during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had unamortized stock-based compensation expense of $15,680 related to stock options, that will be recognized net of forfeitures over the average remaining vesting term of the options of 2.35  years.
    
Restricted Stock Units

A summary of the status of RSUs awarded and unvested under the stock option plans as of December 31, 2013 is presented below:


93

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
RSUs
Outstanding
 
Number of
Shares
 
Granted
Fair
Value
Per
Unit
Awarded and unvested at December 31, 2010

 
$

Awards assumed
23

 
7.98

Awards vested
(15
)
 
7.98

Awards forfeited

 

Awarded and unvested at December 31, 2011
8

 
7.98

Awards granted

 

Awards vested
(6
)
 
7.98

Awards forfeited
(1
)
 
7.98

Awarded and unvested at December 31, 2012
1

 
7.98

Awards granted
1,236

 
28.94

Awards vested
(1
)
 
24.15

Awards forfeited
(22
)
 
24.61

Awarded and unvested at December 31, 2013
1,214

 
$
29.57


As of December 31, 2013 , there was $25,627 of unamortized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested RSUs, which are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.71  years.
    
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On March 30, 2012, the Board of Directors and the Company’s stockholders approved the 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP"), which became effective in April 2012. A total of 745 shares of the Company's common stock was initially reserved for future issuance under the ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP will increase automatically on January 1 of each of the first eight years commencing with 2013 by the number of shares equal to 1% of the Company's shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, but not to exceed 1,490 shares, unless the Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to make a smaller increase. As of December 31, 2013 , there were 759 shares of the Company's common stock available for future issuance under the ESPP.
The fair value of the option component of the ESPP shares was estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 
Year ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012*
Expected life (in years)
0.50 - 0.54
 
0.50 - 0.53
Volatility
38% - 40%
 
46% - 51%
Risk-free interest rate
0.08%
 
0.13% - 0.15%
Dividend yield
—%
 
—%
* Employee participation in the ESPP did not begin until the second quarter of 2012.
As of December 31, 2013 , the Company expects to recognize $497 of the total unamortized compensation cost related to employee purchases under the ESPP over a weighted average period of 0.37 years.
12. Net Loss per Share

94

Table of Contents


Basic net loss per share of common stock is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted‑average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The weighted‑average number of shares of common stock used to calculate our basic net loss per share of common stock excludes those shares subject to repurchase related to stock options that were exercised prior to vesting as these shares are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes until they vest. Diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net loss using the weighted‑average number of shares of common stock, excluding common stock subject to repurchase, and, if dilutive, potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Basic and diluted net loss per common share was the same for all periods presented as the impact of all potentially dilutive securities outstanding was anti-dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(27,531
)
 
$
(20,360
)
 
$
(20,141
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of common shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share
34,874

 
24,056

 
4,005

Net loss per common share
 
 
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share
$
(0.79
)
 
$
(0.85
)
 
$
(5.03
)

The following table presents the potentially dilutive common shares outstanding that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Convertible preferred stock

 

 
39,134

Stock options to purchase common stock
7,223

 
9,636

 
10,705

Employee stock purchase plan
89

 
133

 

Common stock subject to repurchase
1

 
4

 
6

Common stock warrants
2

 
2

 
2

Restricted stock units
1,214

 
1

 

Convertible senior notes
5,158

 

 

Total
13,687

 
9,776

 
49,847


13. Segment Reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting supported and defined by the components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available, provided and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company's chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company's Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and as a result, the Company concluded that there is only one operating and reportable segment.

The following set forth total revenue by solutions offered by the Company and geographic area. Revenue by geographic area is based upon the billing address of the customer:

95

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Total revenue by solution:
 
 
 
 
 
Privacy, Protection and Security
$
101,083

 
$
78,979

 
$
65,882

Archiving and Governance
36,848

 
27,316

 
15,956

Total revenue
137,931

 
106,295

 
81,838


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Total revenue by geographic area:
 
 
 
 
 
United States
$
113,819

 
$
86,661

 
$
65,044

Rest of world
24,112

 
19,634

 
16,794

Total revenue
$
137,931

 
$
106,295

 
$
81,838


The following sets forth long-lived assets by geographic area:
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Long-lived assets:
 
 
 
United States
$
9,425

 
$
6,857

Rest of world
1,796

 
1,703

Total long-lived assets
$
11,221

 
$
8,560


14. Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with authoritative guidance, which requires the use of the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the Consolidated Financial Statements carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be reversed.

The domestic and foreign components of loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 :


 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Domestic
$
(34,284
)
 
$
(23,506
)
 
$
(17,566
)
Foreign
3,945

 
3,667

 
(2,205
)
Loss before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
$
(30,339
)
 
$
(19,839
)
 
$
(19,771
)

The benefit from (provision for) income taxes is comprised of:


96

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Current tax expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$

 
$

 
$

State
70

 
30

 
52

Foreign
641

 
491

 
318

Total current
711

 
521

 
370

Deferred tax expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal

 

 

State

 

 

Foreign
(3,519
)
 

 

Total deferred
(3,519
)
 

 

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
$
(2,808
)
 
$
521

 
$
370


The reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to the income tax provision included in the accompanying Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Tax at federal statutory rate
$
(10,315
)
 
$
(6,745
)
 
$
(6,722
)
Foreign income tax rate differential
(232
)
 
(262
)
 
219

State, net of federal benefit
(1,130
)
 
(822
)
 
(821
)
Stock compensation charges
636

 
1,256

 
1,091

SubPart F and other permanent items
1,583

 
1,204

 
849

Provision to return & other
937

 
1,074

 
850

Research and development credits
(2,112
)
 
(1,061
)
 
(1,427
)
Uncertain tax positions
617

 
301

 
1,004

Valuation allowance
7,208

 
5,576

 
5,327

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes
$
(2,808
)
 
$
521

 
$
370


Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers and the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 :


97

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
2013
 
2012
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
$
60,280

 
$
44,045

Tax credit carryforwards
8,228

 
6,639

Research expenditures
3,314

 
4,567

Deferred revenue
13,292

 
7,726

Stock compensation
3,696

 
2,294

Fixed assets
1,262

 
926

Accruals and other
7,250

 
3,487

Total deferred tax assets
97,322

 
69,684

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Intangible assets and other
(7,769
)
 
(990
)
Interest expense on the Notes
(16,090
)
 

Valuation allowance
(71,052
)
 
(68,694
)
Net deferred tax assets
$
2,411

 
$

Current deferred income tax assets (included in other current assets)
$
4,166

 
$
137

Non-current deferred income tax liabilities (included in long-term liabilities)
$
1,755

 
$
137


The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent that Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operations.

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $2,400 , $3,700 and $6,400 during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The total valuation allowance increase of $2,400 for the year ended December 31, 2013 included a reduction of $4,300 resulting from a change in management's assertion about the realization of the Company's Canada deferred tax assets, a reduction of $16,200 related to the Notes and an increase of $12,300 related to the Company's acquisitions of Sendmail, Abaca and Mail Distiller.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $187,700 and $120,100 , respectively. The amount of federal net-operating loss carry-forwards at December 31, 2013 and 2012 for which a benefit will be recorded in APIC when realized is approximately $34,500 and $7,500 , respectively. The federal net operating losses will begin to expire in 2018. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had federal research credit carry-forwards of $4,200 and $3,200 respectively. The federal research and development credits will begin to expire in 2022.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $146,400 and $92,400 , respectively. The amount of state net-operating loss carry-forwards at December 31, 2013 and 2012 for which a benefit will be recorded in APIC when realized is approximately $11,700 and $4,100 , respectively. The state net operating losses will expire between 2014 and 2032. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had research and development credit carry-forwards for state income tax purpose of $5,900 and $4,700 , respectively. The state research and development credits have no expiration period.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had net operating losses carry-forwards in its non-U.S. locations of approximately $3,900 and $4,700 , respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 , the Company had research and development credit carry-forwards in its non-U.S. locations of approximately $2,700 and $2,400 , respectively. The non-U.S. research and development credits will begin to expire in 2025.


98

Table of Contents
Proofpoint, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
(dollars and share amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Utilization of the federal and state net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Analyses have been conducted to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analyses have indicated that although an ownership change occurred in a prior year, the net operating losses and research and development credits would not expire before utilization as a result of the ownership change. In the event the Company has subsequent changes in ownership, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized as a result of the subsequent ownership change.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions within the income tax expense line in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2013 , the Company accrued interest and penalties of $8 as a component of income tax expense related to tax contingencies and has $233 of interest and penalties recorded as a long-term income tax liability as of December 31, 2013 . During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company accrued interest and penalties of $178 as a component of income tax expense related to tax contingencies and had $183 of interest and penalties recorded as a long-term income tax liability.

As of December 31, 2013 , the Company had recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $1,541 that if recognized, would benefit the Company's effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had recorded unrecognized tax benefits of $255 that if recognized, would benefit the Company's effective tax rate.

The Company does not anticipate that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to tax positions existing at December 31, 2013 will significantly increase or decrease within the next twelve months.

Because of net operating loss and credit carry-forwards, all of the Company's tax years dating to inception in 2002 remain open to tax examination in all major tax jurisdictions. The Company is not currently under audit in any material jurisdictions.

The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits were as follows:
Ending balance as of December 31, 2010
$
1,464

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period
651

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the prior period
411

Ending balance as of December 31, 2011
2,526

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period
357

Decrease in balances related to tax positions taken during the prior period
(135
)
Decrease in balances related to statute expirations during the current period
(8
)
Ending balance as of December 31, 2012
2,740

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the current period
618

Increase in balances related to tax positions taken during the prior period
517

Decrease in balances related to tax positions taken during the prior period
(40
)
Decrease in balances related to statute expirations during the current period
(12
)
Ending balance as of December 31, 2013
$
3,823


As of December 31, 2013 , $240 of foreign withholding taxes associated with the repatriation of earning of foreign subsidiaries had been provided on $4,800 of undistributed earnings for certain foreign subsidiaries. The Company intends to reinvest the remainder of its undistributed earnings indefinitely outside the United States. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company estimated that no material additional U.S. income taxes would have to be provided if all of the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries were repatriated back to the United States as substantially all earnings from its foreign subsidiaries are previously taxed income. As of December 31, 2013 , the Company estimated that approximately $570 of additional foreign withholding tax would have to be provided if all of the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiaries were repatriated back to the United States.

99

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 14, 2014 .

 
PROOFPOINT INC.
 
By:
 
/s/ GARY STEELE
 
 
 
Gary Steele
  Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gary Steele and Paul Auvil, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that all said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:
    
Name
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GARY STEELE
 
Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
 
March 14, 2014
Gary Steele
 
 
/s/ PAUL AUVIL
 
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
 
March 14, 2014
Paul Auvil
 
 
 
/s/ ANTHONY BETTENCOURT
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Anthony Bettencourt
 
 
 
/s/ SYDNEY CAREY
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Sydney Carey
 
 
 
/s/ DANA EVAN
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Dana Evan
 
 
 
/s/ JONATHAN FEIBER
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Jonathan Feiber
 
 
 
/s/ DOUGLAS GARN
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Douglas Garn
 
 
 
/s/ ERIC HAHN
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Eric Hahn
 
 
 
/s/ KEVIN HARVEY
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Kevin Harvey
 
 
 
/s/ PHILIP KOEN
 
Director
 
March 14, 2014
Philip Koen
 
 
 




100

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
 
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Exhibit
Number
 
Exhibit Title
 
Form
 
File No.
 
Filing Date
 
Exhibit No.
 
Herewith
2.01

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger for Armorize Technologies, Inc.
 
10-Q
 
001-35506
 
November 12, 2013
 
2.1
 
 
2.02

 
Agreement and Plan of Merger for Sendmail, Inc.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
3.01

 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
3.02
 
 
3.02

 
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
3.04
 
 
4.01

 
Form of Registrant's common stock certificate.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
4.01
 
 
4.02

 
Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and the investors named therein of the Registrant dated February 19, 2008.
 
S-1
 
333-178479
 
December 14, 2011
 
4.02
 
 
4.03

 
Indenture between Proofpoint, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated as of December 11, 2013 including the form of 1.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018 therein.
 
8-K
 
131-271285
 
December 11, 2013
 
4.03
 
 
10.01

 
Form of Indemnity Agreement.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
10.01
 
 
10.02

2002 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan and form of option grant.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
10.02
 
 
10.03

2012 Equity Incentive Plan and form of grant agreements.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
10.03
 
 
10.04

2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
April 9, 2012
 
10.04
 
 
10.05

 
Lease Agreement between Registrant and Hines VAF No Cal Properties, L.P., dated as of March 28, 2011, as amended July 28, 2011.
 
S-1
 
333-178479
 
December 14, 2011
 
10.05
 
 
10.06

 
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2011, as amended May 19, 2011, between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank.
 
S-1
 
333-178479
 
December 14, 2011
 
10.06
 
 
10.07

 
Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 27, 2014, between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
10.08

Offer Letter to Gary Steele from the Registrant, dated November 17, 2002.
 
S-1
 
333-178479
 
December 14, 2011
 
10.07
 
 
10.09

Offer letter to Paul Auvil from the Registrant, dated March 9, 2007.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
January 25, 2012
 
10.08
 
 
10.10

Offer Letter to David Knight from the Registrant, dated March 14, 2011.
 
S-1A
 
333-178479
 
January 25, 2012
 
10.11
 
 
10.11

Offer Letter to Tracey Newell from the Registrant, dated August 16, 2013.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
21.01

 
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
23.01

 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.01

 
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
31.02

 
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13-a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.01

*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
32.02

*
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.INS

*
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.SCH

*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.CAL

*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.DEF

*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.LAB

*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
101.PRE

*
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
____________________________________________________________________
† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.
*These exhibits are furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are not incorporated by reference in any filing of Proofpoint, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in such filings.


Exhibit 2.02

EXECUTION VERSION








AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
BY AND AMONG
PROOFPOINT, INC.,
SAINT ACQUISITION CORP.,
SENDMAIL, INC.
AND
FORTIS ADVISORS LLC, AS EFFECTIVE TIME HOLDERS’ AGENT
OCTOBER 1, 2013


        
        
 



EXHIBITS
Exhibit A    -    Payoff Letter
Exhibit B-1    -    List of Initial Signatories to Company Stockholder Consent
Exhibit B-2    -    Form of Company Stockholder Consent
Exhibit C    -    Form of Certificate of Merger
Exhibit D    -    Form of Escrow Agreement
Exhibit E    -    Form of IRS Notice
Exhibit F    -    Form of FIRPTA Notice
Exhibit G    -    Form of Legal Opinion

Schedule A    -    Required Employees
Schedule B    -    Termination Obligations
Schedule C    -    Certain Items Related to the Definition of Material Adverse Effect
Schedule 1.1        Special Termination Payment

    

        
 



AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 1, 2013 (the “ Agreement Date ”), by and among Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Acquiror ”), Saint Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror (“ Merger Sub ”), Sendmail, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Fortis Advisors LLC, a Delaware limited liability company solely in its capacity as Effective Time Holders’ Agent.
RECITALS
A.    The Boards of Directors of each of the Company, Merger Sub and Acquiror have determined that it would be advisable and in the best interests of their respective companies and the securityholders of their respective companies for Merger Sub to merge with and into the Company in a statutory reverse-triangular merger (the “ Merger ”), with the Company to survive the Merger, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and, in furtherance thereof, have approved the Merger, this Agreement and the other transactions and agreements contemplated by this Agreement.
B.    Pursuant to the Merger, among other things, certain issued and outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be converted into the right to receive cash in the manner set forth herein.
C.    Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and as a material inducement to the willingness of Acquiror to enter into this Agreement, each of the employees of the Company set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement has executed employment offer letters, proprietary information and invention assignment agreements and non-competition and non-solicitation agreements with Acquiror (each, an “ Employment Agreement ”).
D.    Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and as a material inducement to the willingness of Acquiror to enter into this Agreement, each of the Company Debtholders has executed and delivered to Acquiror a payoff letter (each, a “ Payoff Letter ”) in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and each holder of Bank Debt has executed and deliver to Acquiror a payoff letter (collectively “ Bank Payoff Letters ”).
E.    Immediately following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will secure from each Company Stockholder listed on Exhibit B-1 , or their proxyholder(s), a written consent substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 (a “ Company Stockholder Consent ”) approving the Merger and approving and adopting this Agreement.
F.    The Company, Merger Sub and Acquiror desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements in connection with the Merger as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1
        



ARTICLE I

THE MERGER
1.2      Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below. Unless indicated otherwise, all mathematical calculations contemplated hereby shall be rounded to the fifth decimal place.
Acquiror ” is defined in the Preamble.
Acquiror Related Agreements ” is defined in Section 3.1 .
Acquisition Proposal ” means any offer, proposal, inquiry or indication of interest (other than an offer, proposal, inquiry or indication of interest by Acquiror) contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Transaction.
Acquisition Transaction ” means (a) a merger, consolidation or other business combination of the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) a restructuring, recapitalization or liquidation of the Company or any Subsidiary or (c) an acquisition or disposition of any stock or material assets of the Company or any Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, it is hereby clarified and agreed that conversion of any outstanding shares of Company Preferred Stock into shares of Company Common Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Company Preferred Stock and the Company’s certificate of incorporation shall not be deemed to be an Acquisition Transaction.
Affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.
Agreement ” is defined in the Preamble.
Agreement Date ” is defined in the Preamble.
Ancillary Agreements ” means the Escrow Agreement, the Payoff Letters, the Bank Payoff Letters and the other certificates delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.
Bank Debt ” means all indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary for money borrowed, whether short- or long-term, inclusive of any accrued interest and prepayment penalties, termination charges or change-of-control payments arising out of (a) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and between Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P. and the Company, (b) that certain Subordinated Revenue Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 10, 2012, by and between the Company and Decathlon Alpha, L.P., and (c) that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2012, by and between the Company and Silicon Valley Bank.
Bank Payoff Letter ” is defined in the Recitals.
Business Day ” means a day (a) other than Saturday or Sunday and (b) on which commercial banks are open for business in San Francisco, California.
California Law ” means the California Corporations Code.
Certificate of Merger is defined in Section 1.2 .

2
    
        
 



Closing ” is defined in Section 1.3 .
Closing Date ” is defined in Section 1.3 .
Closing Payment ” means the aggregate amount equal to (a) the Total Merger Consideration minus (b) the Escrow Cash, minus (c) the Expense Fund.
Code ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company ” is defined in the Preamble.
Company Authorizations ” is defined in Section 2.7(b) .
Company Balance Sheet ” is defined in Section 2.9(a) .
Company Balance Sheet Date ” is defined in Section 2.9(a) .
Company Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.
Company Capital Stock ” means the capital stock of the Company.
Company Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, of the Company.
Company Debtholder ” means each holder of Funded Indebtedness.
Company Debtholder Amount” means, with respect to each Company Debtholder, an amount equal to (a) the aggregate amount outstanding and owed to such Company Debtholder with respect to such Company Debtholder’s Preferred Debt as set forth on the Spreadsheet plus (b) the product of (i) the aggregate amount outstanding and owed to such Company Debtholder with respect to all Funded Indebtedness (other than the Preferred Debt) as of the Closing Date as set forth on the Spreadsheet multiplied by (ii) the Company Debtholder Discount.
Company Debtholder Closing Amount ” means, with respect to each Company Debtholder, (a) such Company Debtholder’s Company Debtholder Amount minus (b) such Company Debtholder’s Company Debtholder Escrow Amount minus (c) such Company Debtholder’s Company Debtholder Expense Fund Amount.
Company Debtholder Discount ” means the quotient of (a) (i) the Total Merger Consideration minus (ii) the Total Preferred Debt, divided by (b) (i) the total amount of Funded Indebtedness minus (ii) the Total Preferred Debt.
Company Debtholder Escrow Amount ” means, with respect to each Company Debtholder, (a) such Company Debtholder’s Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (b) the Escrow Cash.
Company Debtholder Expense Fund Amount ” means with respect to each Company Debtholder, (a) such Company Debtholder’s Pro Rata Percentage multiplied by (b) the Expense Fund.
Company Disclosure Schedule ” is defined in Article II .
Company Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 2.9(a) .

3
    
        
 



Company Indebtedness ” means all indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary for money borrowed, whether short- or long-term, inclusive of any accrued interest and prepayment penalties, termination charges or change-of-control payments, but excluding trade payables and other similar liabilities.
Company IP Rights ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(ii) .
Company-Owned IP Rights ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(iii) .
Company Net Working Capital ” means an amount equal to (a) the Current Assets minus (b) the Current Liabilities.
“Company Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount” means, (a) in the event that the Company Net Working Capital is a negative number, an amount equal to the absolute value of the Company Net Working Capital and (b) in the event that the Company Net Working Capital is a positive number, an amount equal to zero.
Company Net Working Capital Certificate ” means a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company dated as of the Closing Date and certifying the amount of Company Net Working Capital, including an itemized list of each asset and liability reflected therein, and each other element of the Company Net Working Capital.
Company Optionholder ” means a holder of Company Options as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
Company Option Plan ” means each stock option plan, program or arrangement of the Company, collectively, including the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.
Company Option Share ” means a share of Company Common Stock that is subject to a Company Option as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
Company Options ” means options to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock, whether or not issued under the Company Option Plan.
Company Preferred Stock ” means the Company Series B Preferred Stock and the Company Series C Preferred Stock, collectively.
Company Products ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(vi) .
Company Registered Intellectual Property ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(iv) .
Company Representatives ” means the directors, officers, employees, stockholders, affiliates, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants or other representatives of the Company or any Subsidiary.
Company Series B Preferred Stock ” means the Series B Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, of the Company.
Company Series C Preferred Stock ” means the Series C Preferred Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

4
    
        
 



Company Source Code ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(vii) .
Company Stockholder Approval ” is defined in Section 1.4(a)(xii) .
Company Stockholder Consent ” is defined in the Recitals.
Company Stockholders ” means the holders of Company Capital Stock.
Company Warrants ” means warrants to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock.
Confidential Information ” is defined in Section 2.8(b)(xxi) .
Confidentiality Agreement ” means that certain Mutual Confidentiality Agreement, dated June 6, 2013, by and between the Company and Acquiror.
Contract ” means any written or oral legally binding contract, agreement, instrument, commitment or undertaking of any nature (including leases, licenses, mortgages, notes, guarantees, sublicenses, subcontracts, letters of intent and purchase orders) as of the Agreement Date.
Current Assets ” means the Company’s consolidated total current assets (as defined by and determined in accordance with GAAP) minus the deferred costs of sales associated with deferred revenue.
Current Liabilities ” means the Company’s consolidated total current liabilities (as defined by and determined in accordance with GAAP) as of the Closing Date; provided , however , that Current Liabilities shall exclude (a) deferred revenue incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) Funded Indebtedness and (c) except as set forth below with respect to the Termination Payment, severance amounts, redundancy payments or other termination related payments paid or payable to those employees set forth Schedule B to this Agreement; provided , further , that Current Liabilities shall include all (w) all severance amounts (inclusive of benefits) paid or payable to that certain employee of the Company set forth on Schedule 1.1 to this Agreement, including any employer tax obligations associated with such severance (the “ Termination Payment ”), (x) unpaid Other Indebtedness as of the Closing Date, whether short- or long-term in nature, (y) unpaid Transaction Expenses as of the Closing Date and (z) any unpaid Taxes with respect to the period of time ending on the Closing, other than Taxes resulting from any Code Section 338 election made pursuant to Section 6.4(c).
Delaware Law ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Dissenting Shares ” shall mean any shares of Company Capital Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and in respect of which appraisal rights shall have been perfected in accordance with Delaware Law or California Law in connection with the Merger.
Effective Time ” is defined in Section 1.5 .
Effective Time Holders ” means the Company Debtholders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.
Effective Time Holders’ Agent ” is defined in the Preamble.
Effective Time Holders’ Agent Expenses ” is defined in Section 8.7(c) .

5
    
        
 



Employment Agreement ” is defined in the Recitals.
Encumbrances ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, title retention device, conditional sale or other security arrangement, collateral assignment, claim, charge, adverse claim of title, ownership or right to use, restriction or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any restriction on (a) the voting of any security or the transfer of any security or other asset, (b) the receipt of any income derived from any asset, (c) the use of any asset, and (d) the possession, exercise or transfer of any other attribute of ownership of any asset), except in each case for the Permitted Encumbrances.
Escrow Agent ” is defined in Section 1.4(a)(ii) .
Escrow Cash ” means an amount of cash equal to (a) the Escrow Percentage multiplied by (b) the sum of (i) the Total Merger Consideration and (ii) the amount of the Bank Debt.
Escrow Fund ” is defined in Section 1.13 .
Escrow Agreement ” is defined in Section 1.13 .
Escrow Percentage ” means 15%.
Expense Fund ” is defined in Section 8.7(g) .
Fundamental Representations ” is defined in Section 8.2(a) .
Funded Indebtedness ” means all indebtedness of the Company and any Subsidiary for money borrowed, whether short- or long-term, inclusive of any accrued interest and prepayment penalties, termination charges or change-of-control payments arising out of those certain convertible promissory notes issued pursuant to (a) that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated July 10, 2008, (b) that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated July 30, 2009 or (c) that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 28, 2012 (the notes referred to in clause “(c)” will be referred to herein as the “ Preferred Debt ”).
GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.
Governmental Entity ” means any supranational, national, state, municipal, local or foreign government, any court, tribunal, arbitrator, administrative agency, commission or other governmental official, authority or instrumentality, in each case whether domestic or foreign, any share exchange or similar self-regulatory organization or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, Taxing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority.
Hazardous Materials ” is defined in Section 2.24 .
Intellectual Property ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(i) .
J.A.M.S. ” is defined in Section 8.6(c) .
“Knowledge ” of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any fact or matter means the actual knowledge of Glen Vondrick, Gregory Shapiro, Stephanie Nevin, Ian Emery, Ozi Suemasa, Jim Seaman, Kevin Leusing and Barry Shurtz of a particular fact or other matter, after due inquiry of (a) the

6
    
        
 



Company employees who directly report to such individuals and who manage or have management level responsibility and/or authority for the functions relevant to the matter in question and (b) the books and records of such individual (including email) that would reasonably be expected to be reviewed by an individual who has the duties and responsibilities of such individual in the customary performance of such duties and responsibilities for the Company or such Subsidiary, as applicable (“ known to the Company ” shall have the correlative meaning); “ Knowledge ” of Acquiror or Merger Sub with respect to any fact or matter means the actual knowledge of Acquiror’s or Merger Sub’s officers of a particular fact or other matter after due inquiry.
Legal Requirements ” means any federal, state, foreign, local, municipal or other law, statute, constitution, principle of common law, resolution, ordinance, code, edict, decree, rule, regulation, ruling or requirement issued, enacted, adopted, promulgated, implemented or otherwise put into effect by or under the authority of any Governmental Entity and any orders, writs, injunctions, awards, judgments and decrees applicable to the Company or to any of its assets, properties or business.
Liabilities means all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, determined or determinable, asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, including those arising under any law, action or governmental order and those arising under any Contract.
Material Adverse Effect ” with respect to any entity means any change, event, violation, inaccuracy, circumstance or effect (each, an “ Effect ”) that, individually or taken together with all other Effects, and regardless of whether or not such Effect constitutes a breach of the representations or warranties made by such entity in this Agreement, is, or is reasonably likely to, (a) be or become materially adverse in relation to the near-term or longer-term financial condition, assets (including intangible assets) and liabilities (taken together), business, operations or results of operations of such entity, taken as a whole, or (b) materially impede or delay such entity’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with its terms and applicable Legal Requirements, provided, however, that any Effect directly resulting from any of the following shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect and shall not be taken into account in determining whether there has occurred a Material Adverse Effect): (i) changes in general U.S. or global economic conditions (to the extent that such changes do not affect such entity (taken as a whole) disproportionately as compared to such entity’s competitors); (ii) changes generally affecting the industry in which such entity operates (to the extent that such changes do not affect such entity (taken as a whole) disproportionately as compared to such entity’s competitors); (iii) any acts of terrorism, military action or war (to the extent that that such acts do not affect such entity (taken as a whole) disproportionately as compared to such entity’s competitors); (iv) changes in Legal Requirements or GAAP (or any interpretation of GAAP) after the date hereof generally affecting the industry in which such entity operates (provided that such changes do not affect such entity (taken as a whole) disproportionately as compared to such entity’s competitors); (v) the taking of any action expressly required by this Agreement or the failure to take any action expressly prohibited by this Agreement; (vi) any failure to meet internal projections or forecasts of revenues, net income or any other metric of financial performance; or (vii) the matters set forth in Schedule C.
Material Contract ” is defined in Section 2.16(a) .
Merger ” is defined in the Recitals.
Merger Sub ” is defined in the Preamble.
Open Source Materials ” is defined in Section 2.8(b)(xxii) .
Other Indebtedness ” means Company Indebtedness that is not Funded Indebtedness.

7
    
        
 



Paying Agent ” is defined in Section 1.14(a) .
Payoff Letter ” is defined in the Recitals.
PEO AGREEMENT shall mean the Services Requisition Form between TriNet HR Corporation (“ Trinet ”) and the Company, dated November 15, 2012.
PEO Benefit Plan ” means an employee benefit plan that is sponsored by TriNet under which a current employee of the Company or any Subsidiary may be eligible to receive benefits in connection with the Company’s engagement of TriNet pursuant to the PEO Agreement. For purposes of clarity, representations and warranties in this Agreement regarding a PEO Benefit Plan shall be limited to events, conditions and circumstances related to participation in such plan by an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.
Permitted Encumbrances ” means (a) statutory liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable or not yet delinquent and liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by any appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves have been established, (b) statutory liens to secure obligations to landlords, lessors or renters under leases or rental agreements, (c) deposits or pledges made in connection with, or to secure payment of, workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or similar programs mandated by applicable Legal Requirements, (d) statutory liens in favor of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics and materialmen, to secure claims for labor, materials or supplies and other like liens and (e) non-exclusive object code licenses of software by the Company in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.
Person ” means any natural person, company, corporation, limited liability company, general partnership, limited partnership, trust, proprietorship, joint venture, business organization or Governmental Entity.
Personal Information ” means information in the possession or under the control of the Company or any Subsidiary regarding any Person.
Pro Rata Percentage ” means, with respect to each Effective Time Holder, the quotient (expressed as a percentage) of (a) the portion of the Total Merger Consideration receivable by such Effective Time Holder at the Effective Time, divided by (b) the Total Merger Consideration received by all Effective Time Holders.
Purchase Price ” means $23,000,000.
Significant Customer ” is defined in Section 2.19(a) .
Significant Supplier ” is defined in Section 2.19(b) .
Spreadsheet ” means a certified spreadsheet to be delivered by the Company at, or prior to, the Closing including all of the following information as of the Closing: (a) the names of the Company Debtholders; (b) the amount of Funded Indebtedness owed to each Company Debtholder, and the address and wiring instructions for payment of such Funded Indebtedness; (c) the calculation of the Total Merger Consideration, the Company Net Working Capital, the total amount of Funded Indebtedness, the Company Debtholder Amount for each Company Debtholder, the Company Debtholder Closing Amount for each Company Debtholder, the Company Debtholder Escrow Amount for each Company Debtholder, the Company Debtholder Expense Fund Amount for each Company Debtholder, and the aggregate Escrow Amount; (d) each Effective Time Holder’s Pro Rata Percentage and the interest in dollar terms of each

8
    
        
 



Effective Time Holder in the Escrow Cash and Expense Fund; (e) each of the unpaid and outstanding Transaction Expenses and the Person to whom such Transaction Expenses are owed and the address of such party; and (f) the name of the holders of Bank Debt and the amount of Bank Debt payable to each such Person.
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, association, business entity, partnership, limited liability company or other Person of which the Company, either alone or together with one or more Subsidiaries or by one or more other Subsidiaries (a) directly or indirectly owns or controls securities or other interests representing more than 50% of the voting power of such Person, or (b) is entitled, by Contract or otherwise, to elect, appoint or designate directors constituting a majority of the members of such Person’s board of directors or other governing body.
Surviving Corporation ” is defined in Section 1.2 .
Tax ” (and, with correlative meaning, “ Taxes ” and “ Taxable ”) means (a) any net income, capital gains, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, estimated, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, fringe benefit, capital shares, profits, license, registration, withholding, payroll, social security (or equivalent) employment, unemployment, disability, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property (real, tangible or intangible), environmental or windfall profit tax, custom duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest or any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount (whether disputed or not) imposed by any Governmental Entity responsible for the imposition of any such tax (domestic or foreign) (each, a “ Tax Authority ”), (b) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) of this sentence as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for any Taxable period, and (c) any liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (a) or (b) of this sentence as a result of being a transferee of or successor to any Person or as a result of any express or implied obligation to assume such Taxes or to indemnify any other Person.
Tax Return ” means any return, consolidated return, statement, report or form (including estimated Tax returns and reports, withholding Tax returns and reports, any schedule or attachment, and information returns and reports) required to be filed with respect to Taxes.
Termination Date ” is defined in Section 7.1(b) .
Third Party Intellectual Property ” is defined in Section 2.8(a)(v) .
Total Merger Consideration ” means (a) the Purchase Price minus (b) the Company Net Working Capital Adjustment Amount.
Total Preferred Debt ” means the aggregate amount outstanding and owed to all Company Debtholders with respect to all Preferred Debt, as set forth on the Spreadsheet.
Transaction Expenses ” means, whether or not billed or accrued, (A) all third party fees and expenses incurred or payable by the Company in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and (B) any change of control or other similar bonus payments payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to employees, directors and consultants upon the consummation of the Merger, including any employer Tax obligations associated with such payments, excluding the Termination Payment.
Other capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement and not defined in this Section 1.1 shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in this Agreement.

9
    
        
 



1.2      The Merger . At the Effective Time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Certificate of Merger in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law, Merger Sub shall merge with and into the Company, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation and shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Acquiror. The Company, as the surviving corporation after the Merger, is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Surviving Corporation ”.
1.3      Closing . Unless this Agreement is earlier terminated in accordance with Section 7.1 , the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Closing ”) shall take place within two (2) Business Days following the satisfaction of all closing conditions and the availability of all closing deliveries under Section 1.4 at the offices of Fenwick & West LLP, Silicon Valley Center, 801 California Street, Mountain View, California, or at such other location as the parties hereto agree. The date on which the Closing occurs is herein referred to as the “ Closing Date .”
1.4     Closing Deliveries and Conditions .
  
(a) The Company shall deliver to Acquiror, at or prior to the Closing, each of the following:
(i) the Company Stockholder Consent executed by each Company Stockholder listed on Exhibit B-2 , or their proxyholder(s);

(ii) a counterpart to the Escrow Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “ Escrow Agent ”);

(iii) FIRPTA documentation, comprised of (A) a notice to the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.897-2(h)(2), in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Company, together with written authorization for Acquiror to deliver such notice form to the Internal Revenue Service on behalf of the Company after the Closing, and (B) a FIRPTA Notification Letter, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by the Company;

(iv) resignations from each of the directors and each of the officers of the Company and each Subsidiary in office immediately prior to the Closing;

(v) a Certificate of Status from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Secretary of State of the State of California and each other State or other jurisdiction in which the Company is qualified to do business as a foreign corporation, dated within seven days prior to the Closing Date, and certifying that the Company is in good standing (to the extent such jurisdiction recognizes such concept) and, to the extent provided by such certificate and in such jurisdiction, that all applicable state franchise or similar Taxes and fees of the Company through and including the date of the certificate have been paid;

(vi) the Company Net Working Capital Certificate;

(vii) evidence satisfactory to Acquiror of the consent to assignment of any Person whose consent to assignment may be required in connection with the Merger or any other transaction contemplated by this Agreement under the Contracts listed or described on Schedule 1.4(a)(vii) hereto;

(viii) the minute book of the Company;

10
    
        
 




(ix) the Company Financial Statements;

(x) a counterpart to the form of the Employment Agreements, executed by (A) each of the employees of the Company set forth on Schedule A to this Agreement (none of which shall have been revoked) and (B) not less than 75% of the employees of the Company offered employment by Acquiror prior to the date of this Agreement (a sufficient number of which shall not have been revoked to ensure that Acquiror has unrevoked Employment Agreements with not less than 75% of the employees of the Company offered employment by Acquiror);

(xi) the Spreadsheet and a certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that such Spreadsheet is true, correct and complete;

(xii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and executed on behalf of the Company by its Secretary, certifying (A) the Company’s certificate of incorporation, (B) the Company’s bylaws, (C) board resolutions of the Company approving the Merger and this Agreement and terminating the Company’s 401(k) plan prior to the Closing, and (D) stockholder consents adopting this Agreement, which consents shall represent approval by Company Stockholders holding not less than 85% of the outstanding Company Capital Stock (such stockholder consent threshold, the “ Company Stockholder Approval ”);

(xiii) a Payoff Letter, duly executed by each Company Debtholder and a Bank Payoff Letter, in a form reasonably acceptable to Acquiror, duly executed by each holder of Bank Debt;

(xiv) an invoice (each, a “ Vendor Invoice ”) from each Person to whom Transaction Expenses are owed, as set forth on the Spreadsheet, which shall state the amount owed to such Person and shall indicate that, upon payment of the stated amount, all outstanding obligations of the Company and the Subsidiaries to such Person shall be satisfied and paid in full; and

(xv) the legal opinion of Cooley LLP, counsel to the Company, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

(b) Acquiror shall deliver to the Company, at or prior to the Closing, (i) a counterpart to the Escrow Agreement, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , dated as of the Closing Date and executed by Acquiror and the Escrow Agent; and (ii) a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date and executed on behalf of Acquiror by its Secretary, certifying that the board of directors of Acquiror has approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(c) In addition to receipt of the items set forth in Section 1.4(a)(i) -(a)(xv)(receipt of any one or more of which may be waived by Acquiror in writing), each of the following shall also be a condition to Acquiror and Merger Sub’s obligation to close (satisfaction of any one or more of which may be waived by Acquiror in writing): (i) since the date of the Merger Agreement, there shall not have been a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company; (ii) the Company’s representations herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date (except as to representations made as of a specific date which shall be true as of such date) and Acquiror will have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date to such effect executed on behalf of the Company by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer; (iii) the Company shall have performed its covenants herein in all material respects; (iv) no material litigation shall be pending or threatened against the Company, that will have the probable effect of enjoining or preventing the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions

11
    
        
 



contemplated by this Agreement; (v) the Company shall have terminated the Non-Continuing Employees in accordance with Section 6.6 ; (vi) on or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have paid in full, or shall have caused a Subsidiary of the Company to pay in full, all accrued but unused vacation time and other paid-time-off previously owed to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company based in the United States, whether or not such employees are offered employment by Acquiror in connection with the Closing; and (vii) there shall not have been issued, enacted or adopted, or threatened in writing by any Governmental Entity, any order, decree, temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction, legislative enactment, statute, regulation, action or proceeding, or any judgment or ruling by any Governmental Entity that prohibits or renders illegal or imposes limitations on the Merger or any other material transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

(d) Each of the following shall be a condition to the Company’s obligation to close (receipt of any one or more of which may be waived by the Company in writing): (i) Acquiror’s representations herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date (except as to representations made as of a specific date, which shall be true as of such date and except for representations the breach of which would not affect or delay the Acquiror’s ability to consummate the Merger in accordance herewith) and the Company will have received a certificate dated as of the Closing Date to such effect executed on behalf of Acquiror by Acquiror’s Chief Executive Officer; (ii) Acquiror shall have performed its covenants herein in all material respects; (iii) no litigation or proceeding will be pending or threatened that will have the probable effect of enjoining or preventing the consummation of the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iv) there shall not have been issued, enacted or adopted, or threatened in writing by any Governmental Entity, any order, decree, temporary, preliminary or permanent injunction, legislative enactment, statute, regulation, action or proceeding, or any judgment or ruling by any Governmental Entity that prohibits or renders illegal or imposes limitations on the Merger or any other material transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

1.5     Effective Time . At the Closing, Merger Sub and the Company shall cause the Certificate of Merger to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in accordance with the relevant provisions of Delaware Law (the time of acceptance by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware of such filing or such later time as may be agreed to by Acquiror and the Company in writing (and set forth in the Certificate of Merger) being referred to herein as the “ Effective Time ”).

1.6     Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in this Agreement, the Agreement of Merger and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Company, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become debts, liabilities and duties of the Company.

1.7     Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws . At the Effective Time, (i) the certificate of incorporation of the Company shall be amended in its entirety to read as the certificate of incorporation of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time, until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, and (ii) the bylaws of the Company shall be amended in their entirety to read as the bylaws of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time, until thereafter amended as provided by Delaware Law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company and such bylaws.

1.8     Directors and Officers . At the Effective Time, (i) the members of the board of directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be appointed as the members of the Company Board immediately after the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, and (ii) the officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be appointed

12
    
        
 



as the officers of the Company immediately after the Effective Time until their respective successors are duly appointed.

1.9     Effect on Company Capital Stock, Company Options and Company Warrants .

a. Company Series C Preferred Stock . On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and without any action on the part of any Company Stockholder, at the Effective Time each share of Company Series C Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by the Company Stockholders (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and extinguished without any present or future right to receive any portion of the Purchase Price or any other consideration, there being insufficient funds to qualify such shares for any distribution in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

b. Company Series B Preferred Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, each share of Company Series B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and extinguished without any present or future right to receive any portion of the Purchase Price or any other consideration, there being insufficient funds to qualify such shares for any distribution in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

c. Company Common Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Effective Time, each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than Dissenting Shares) shall be cancelled and extinguished without any present or future right to receive any portion of the Purchase Price or any other consideration, there being insufficient funds to qualify such shares for any distribution in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation.

d. Company Options . Immediately prior to the Effective Time, all Company Options shall accelerate and become exercisable in full and, at the Effective Time, each Company Option issued and outstanding that remains unexercised immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished without any present or future right to receive any portion of the Purchase Price or any other consideration.

e. Company Warrants . No Company Warrants, whether vested or unvested, shall be assumed by Acquiror in the Merger, and at the Effective Time, each Company Warrant will, by virtue of the Merger and without any further action on the part of any holder thereof, be cancelled and extinguished without any present or future right to receive any consideration in connection with the Merger or otherwise.

f. Capital Stock of Merger Sub . Each share of the capital stock of Merger Sub that is issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will, by virtue of the Merger and without further action on the part of the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, be converted into and become one share of the capital stock of the Surviving Corporation (and the shares of the capital stock of the Surviving Corporation into which the shares of Merger Sub capital stock are so converted shall be the only shares of the capital stock of the Surviving Corporation that are issued and outstanding immediately after the Effective Time). Each certificate evidencing ownership of shares of Merger Sub capital stock will evidence ownership of such shares of the capital stock of the Surviving Corporation.

g. Treatment of Company Common Stock Owned by the Company . At the Effective Time, all shares of Company Common Stock that are owned by the Company as treasury stock immediately

13
    
        
 



prior to the Effective Time shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion thereof or consideration therefor.

h. Rights Not Transferable . The rights of the Effective Time Holders as of immediately prior to the Effective Time are personal to each such Company Stockholder and shall not be transferable for any reason otherwise than by operation of law, will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any attempted transfer of such right by any holder thereof (otherwise than as permitted by the immediately preceding sentence) shall be null and void.

i. Adjustments . In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend (including any dividend or distribution of securities convertible into capital stock), reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization or other like change with respect to the Company Capital Stock occurring after the date hereof and prior to the Effective Time, all references in this Agreement to specified numbers of shares of any class or series affected thereby, and all calculations provided for that are based upon numbers of shares of any class or series (or trading prices therefor) affected thereby, shall be equitably adjusted to the extent necessary to provide the parties the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to such stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, reorganization, reclassification, combination, recapitalization or other like change.

j. Purchase Price . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall the aggregate consideration paid by Acquiror to the Company Debtholders or any other Person pursuant to the Merger exceed the sum of (i) the Total Merger Consideration and (ii) the Bank Debt, except for payment and other consideration payable to employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to individual employment agreements, including any equity incentives that may be payable to such employees pursuant to the terms of such employment agreements. For purposes of clarity, the foregoing sentence shall not limit or derogate the rights of the D&O Indemnified Parties pursuant to Section 5.2

1.10     Payment of Funded Indebtedness . Subject to the Closing and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to receipt from such Company Debtholder of a Payoff Letter, Acquiror shall pay, or cause to be paid, to each Company Debtholder, at or within one (1) Business Day after the later of the Closing and receipt of the Payoff Letter, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such Company Debtholder in the applicable Payoff Letter, such Company Debtholder’s Company Debtholder Closing Amount, which together with the right to receive any cash payable to such Company Debtholder pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof and the Escrow Agreement upon the release of the Escrow Fund, if any, shall be in full satisfaction of such Company Debtholder’s Funded Indebtedness.

1.11     Payment of Bank Debt . Subject to the Closing and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and subject to receipt from each holder of Bank Debt of a Bank Payoff Letter, Acquiror shall pay, or cause to be paid, to each holder of Bank Debt, at the Closing, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such holder of Bank Debt in the applicable Bank Payoff Letter, such holder’s Bank Debt, as specified in the Spreadsheet, which shall be in full satisfaction of such holder’s Bank Debt.

1.12     Payment of Transaction Expenses . Subject to the Closing and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Acquiror shall pay to each Person to whom the Company owes Transaction Expenses, at or as promptly as practicable (but in any event within one day) after the Closing, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by such Person in the applicable Vendor Invoice, the amount due and payable to such Person pursuant to the applicable Vendor Invoice.

14
    
        
 




1.13     Deposit of Escrow Cash with Escrow Agent . As soon as reasonably practicable after the Closing Date (but in any event within one (1) Business Day after the Closing Date), Acquiror shall cause to be deposited with the Escrow Agent the Escrow Cash, such deposit to constitute an escrow fund (the “ Escrow Fund ”) and to be governed by the provisions set forth herein and in an Escrow Agreement by and among Acquiror, the Escrow Agent and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent (the “ Escrow Agreement ”). The Escrow Fund shall be available to compensate Acquiror (on behalf of itself or any other Indemnified Person) for any Indemnifiable Damages (as such term is defined in Section 8.1 below) pursuant to the indemnification obligations of the Effective Time Holders and shall be subject to the possibility of a reduction pursuant to the terms of ARTICLE VIII hereof.

1.14     Paying Agent .

a. Paying Agent . Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. shall act as the paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”) in the Merger.

b. Acquiror to Cause Deposit of Cash . At or prior to the Closing, Acquiror or a Subsidiary shall deliver to the Paying Agent for distribution in accordance with this ARTICLE I, the cash payable to the Company Debtholder pursuant to Section 1.10 (which, for the avoidance of doubt, excludes the portion of the Escrow Cash attributable to such Company Debtholders).

1.15     Withholding Rights . Acquiror and the Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise deliverable under this Agreement, and from any other payments otherwise required pursuant to this Agreement, to any Company Debtholder such amounts as Acquiror or the Company are required to deduct and withhold with respect to any such deliveries and payments under the Code or any provision of applicable Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to such holders in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

1.16     Appraisal Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Dissenting Shares shall not be converted into the right to receive the applicable portion of the Purchase Price set forth in Section 1.9 , but shall instead be converted into the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due with respect to any such Dissenting Shares pursuant to Delaware Law or California Law. Each holder of Dissenting Shares who, pursuant to the provisions of Delaware Law or California Law, becomes entitled to payment thereunder for such shares shall receive payment therefor in accordance with Delaware Law or California Law (but only after the value therefor shall have been agreed upon or finally determined pursuant to such provisions). If, after the Effective Time, any Dissenting Shares shall lose their status as Dissenting Shares, then any such shares shall immediately be deemed to have converted at the Effective Time into the right to receive the amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.9 in respect of such shares as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares, and Acquiror shall issue and deliver to the holder thereof, at (or as promptly as reasonably practicable after) the applicable time or times specified in Section 1.14 , following the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 1.14 , the applicable portion of the Purchase Price as if such shares never had been Dissenting Shares. The Company shall provide to Acquiror (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal or purchase received by the Company, withdrawals of such demands and any other instruments related to such demands served pursuant to Delaware Law or California Law and received by the Company and (ii) the right to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to such demands under Delaware Law or California Law. Subject to Section 8.1 , the payout of consideration under this Agreement to the Effective Time Holders (other than in respect of Dissenting Shares, which shall be treated as provided in this Section 1.16 and under Delaware Law or California Law) shall

15
    
        
 



not be affected by the exercise or potential exercise of appraisal rights or dissenters’ rights under Delaware Law or California Law by any other Company Stockholder.

1.17     Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and interest in, to and under, and/or possession of, all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company or otherwise, to take all lawful action necessary or desirable to accomplish such purpose or acts, so long as such action is not inconsistent with this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

Representations and Warranties of the Company

Subject to the disclosures set forth in the disclosure schedule of the Company delivered to Acquiror concurrently with the parties’ execution of this Agreement (the “ Company Disclosure Schedule ”) (which disclosures (i) shall be deemed to qualify the corresponding section or subsection of this Agreement, it being understood that a disclosure in a particular section or subsection of the Company Disclosure Schedule will also be deemed to qualify any other section or subsection of this Agreement if it is reasonably apparent on the face of such disclosure that such disclosure is intended to qualify such section or subsection and (ii) shall in any event also be deemed to be representations and warranties made by the Company to Acquiror under this ARTICLE II), the Company represents and warrants to Acquiror as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as follows:
2.1     Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly incorporated and organized, and is validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization. The Company and each Subsidiary has the requisite corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is presently being conducted, and the Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and all other agreements required to be entered into and performed by the Company under this Agreement. The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified and is authorized to transact business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the failure so to qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or such Subsidiary.

2.2     Capitalization .

a. As of the execution of this Agreement, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 815,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 450,647,013 shares are issued and outstanding as of the Agreement Date; and (ii) 160,026,472 shares of Company Preferred Stock, of which (1) 26,472 are designated as Series B Preferred Stock, none of which shares are issued and outstanding; and (2) 160,000,000 are designated as Series C Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding. Section 2.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list, as of the Agreement Date, of (i) the name of all holders of Company Capital Stock, and (ii) the number of shares held by each such holder. As of the Agreement Date, no claim has been made or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened to the Company, asserting that any Person other than a Person listed on Section 2.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule is the holder or beneficial owner of, or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, any securities (including Company Options and Company Warrants) of, or any other voting, equity or ownership interest in, the Company or that any person listed on Section 2.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule is the holder or beneficial owner of, or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of, other than

16
    
        
 



the number and class of securities set forth on such schedules, any securities (including options and warrants) of, or any other voting, equity or ownership interest in, the Company.

b. The Company has reserved 190,496,061 shares of Company Common Stock for issuance to employees, non-employee directors, advisors, and consultants pursuant to the Company Option Plans, of which 108,340,180 shares are subject to outstanding and unexercised Company Options, and 22,035,911 shares remain available for issuance thereunder. Section 2.2(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list, as of the Agreement Date, of (i) the name of all holders of Company Options, and (ii) the number of Company Options held by each such holder.

c. There are no other outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock or voting securities of the Company as of the Agreement Date.  No shares of Company Capital Stock are held in treasury by the Company. As of the Agreement Date, each issued and outstanding share of Company Preferred Stock is convertible into one (1) share of Company Common Stock.

d. All issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and are free of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, repurchase rights, redemption rights or “put” or “call” rights created by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound. All issued and outstanding shares of Company Capital Stock were issued in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and all material requirements set forth in applicable Contracts. There is no liability for dividends accrued and unpaid by the Company. The Company is not under any obligation to register under the Securities Act, or equivalent securities laws of the United States or other jurisdictions, any shares of Company Capital Stock or any other securities of the Company, whether currently outstanding or that may subsequently be issued.

e. Other than as set forth in this Section 2.2 , as of immediately prior to the Closing, there will be no warrants, options, calls, rights or Contracts of any character to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the Company to issue, deliver, sell, repurchase or redeem, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any shares of Company Capital Stock, options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of Company Capital Stock or other securities of the Company, or obligating the Company to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting and/or repurchase rights of, change the price of, or otherwise amend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right or Contract. There are no Contracts relating to voting, future purchases or sales of any shares of Company Capital Stock between or among the Company and any of its securityholders.

f. Section 2.2(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all Company Indebtedness, including, for each item of Company Indebtedness, the Contract governing the Company Indebtedness. All Company Indebtedness may be paid at the Closing without pre-payment penalty under the terms of the Contracts governing such Company Indebtedness.

2.3     Subsidiaries . Section 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth all corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies, trusts, joint ventures, associations or other entities in which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls any interest and the respective percentages of each such interest. All such interests are outstanding and are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid, and non-assessable. The Company is the registered and beneficial owner of such interests and the Company’s ownerships in such interests are free of any Encumbrances, preemptive rights, rights of first refusal, repurchase rights, redemption rights or “put” or “call” rights created (a) by the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the entities in which such interests exist, or (b) by any Contract to which the Company is a

17
    
        
 



party or by which the Company is bound. Each such interest represents the percentage of total issued and outstanding equity interest of the entities in which such interests are held as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Company Disclosure Schedule. The Company has obtained all necessary approvals and consents necessary to acquire and own such interests and none of such approvals or consents will be withdrawn, cancelled, restrained or otherwise adversely impacted by the transactions to be consummated under this Agreement. Since its inception, the Company has not consolidated or merged with, acquired all or substantially all of the assets of, or acquired the stock of or any interest in any corporation, partnership, association, or other business entity.

2.4     Due Authorization; Noncontravention .

a. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, subject to receipt of the Company Stockholder Approval. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements (if required) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by the Company Board. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies. The Company Board, by resolutions duly authorized (and not thereafter modified or rescinded) by the unanimous vote of the Company Board, has approved and adopted this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (if required) and has approved the Merger, determined that this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and the terms and conditions of the Merger, this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements are advisable and in the best interests of the Company and Company Stockholders. The affirmative votes of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are the only votes of the holders of the Company Capital Stock necessary to adopt this Agreement and approve the Merger (the “ Minimum Company Stockholder Approval ”). The execution of the Company Stockholder Consent by the Company Stockholders listed on Exhibit B-1 , or their proxyholder(s), is sufficient to obtain the Minimum Company Stockholder Approval.

b. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements by the Company does not, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not, (i) result in the creation of any material Encumbrance on any of the material properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary or to the Knowledge of the Company, any shares of Company Capital Stock or (ii) conflict with in any material respect, or result in any material violation of or material default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any material obligation or loss of any material benefit under, or require any consent, approval or waiver from any Person (other than the Minimum Company Stockholder Approval) pursuant to, (A) any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, in each case as amended to date, (B) any Material Contract of the Company or any Subsidiary or any Contract applicable to any of their respective material properties or assets assuming that all consents waivers and approval listed and described on Section 2.4(b)(ii)(B) of the Company Disclosure Schedule are obtained prior to the Closing, or (C) any Legal Requirements applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective material properties or assets except, for the purpose of the preceding clause (B), where any such conflict, violation, default, termination, cancellation, acceleration of any obligation or loss would not have a material impact on the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.
1.5 Litigation . There is no private or governmental action, suit, proceeding, claim, mediation, arbitration or investigation pending before any Governmental Entity, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties or any of

18
    
        
 



their respective directors, officers or employees (in their capacities as such or relating to their employment, services or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary). There is no judgment, decree, injunction or order against the Company or any Subsidiary, any of their respective assets or properties, or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers or employees (in their capacities as such or relating to their employment, services or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary) under which the Company or any Subsidiary has any ongoing obligations. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any action, suit, proceeding, claim, mediation, arbitration or investigation pending against any other Person.

2.6     Restrictions on Business Activities . There is no Contract, judgment, injunction, order or decree binding upon the Company or any Subsidiary which has or would, to the Knowledge of the Company, reasonably be expected to have, whether before or after consummation of the Merger, the effect of prohibiting or materially impairing any business practice of the Company or any Subsidiary, any acquisition of property by the Company or any Subsidiary or the conduct of business by the Company or any Subsidiary as currently conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary.

2.7     Compliance with Laws; Governmental Permits .

(a) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has complied in all material respects with, is not in material violation of, and has not received any notices of material violation with respect to, any Legal Requirement with respect to the conduct of its business, or the ownership or operation of its business. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, any director, officer or employee thereof (in their capacities as such or relating to their employment, services or relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary), has given, offered, paid, promised to pay or authorized payment of any money, any gift or anything of value, with the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the recipient in his or her official capacity or inducing the recipient to use his or her influence to affect an act or decision of a government official or employee, to any (i) governmental official or employee, (ii) political party or candidate thereof, or (iii) Person while knowing that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be given or offered to a governmental official or employee or political party or candidate thereof.

(b) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has obtained each governmental consent, license, permit, grant, or other authorization of a Governmental Entity (i) pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary currently operates or holds any interest in any of its assets or properties or (ii) that is required for the operation of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s business or the holding of any such interest in each case except for such consents, licenses, permits grants and other authorizations the failure to obtain would not be material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole (all of the foregoing consents, licenses, permits, grants, and other authorizations, collectively, the “ Company Authorizations ”). All of the Company Authorizations are in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice or other written communication from any Governmental Entity regarding (i) any actual or alleged violation of law or any Company Authorization or any failure to comply with any material term or requirement of any Company Authorization or (ii) any actual or threatened revocation, withdrawal, suspension, cancellation, termination or modification of any Company Authorization. None of the Company Authorizations will be terminated or materially impaired, or will become terminable, in whole or in part, as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.8     Intellectual Property .

19
    
        
 



a. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated below:

i. Intellectual Property ” means any and all worldwide industrial and intellectual property rights and all rights associated therewith, including all patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data, proprietary processes and formulae, algorithms, specifications, customer lists and supplier lists, all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor, all trade names, logos, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor, and any and all goodwill associated with and symbolized by the foregoing items, Internet domain names, Internet and World Wide Web URLs or addresses, all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto, all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, layouts, architectures or topology, all computer software, including all source code, object code, firmware, development tools, files, records and data, all schematics, netlists, test methodologies, test vectors, emulation and simulation tools and reports, hardware development tools, and all rights in prototypes, breadboards and other devices, all databases and data collections and all rights therein, all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, and any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing, and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing.

ii. Company IP Rights ” means (A) any and all Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as currently conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary; and (B) any and all other Intellectual Property owned by the Company and the Subsidiaries.

iii. Company-Owned IP Rights ” means Company IP Rights that are owned or are purportedly owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any Subsidiary.

iv. Company Registered Intellectual Property ” means all United States, international and foreign: (A) patents and patent applications (including provisional applications); (B) registered trademarks, applications to register trademarks, intent-to-use applications, or other registrations or applications related to trademarks; (C) registered Internet domain names; (D) registered copyrights and applications for copyright registration; and (E) any other Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued, filed with, or recorded by any governmental authority owned by, registered or filed in the name of, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

v. Third Party Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property Rights owned by a third party.

vi. Company Products ” means (A) all products or services produced, marketed, licensed, sold, distributed or performed by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary as of the Agreement Date and (B) all products or services under development by the Company or any Subsidiary as of the Agreement Date.

vii. Company Source Code ” means, collectively, any software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, any material portion or aspect of software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, or any material proprietary information or algorithm contained in or relating to any software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, of any Company-Owned IP Rights or Company Products.

20
    
        
 



b. Status .

i. The Company and the Subsidiaries (A) own and have independently developed or acquired, or (B) have the valid right or license to all Company IP Rights. The Company IP Rights are sufficient for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as currently conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary.

ii. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has transferred ownership of any Intellectual Property that is or was Company-Owned IP Rights, to any third party, or knowingly permitted the Company’s rights in any Intellectual Property that is or was Company-Owned IP Rights to enter the public domain or, with respect to any Intellectual Property for which the Company or any Subsidiary has submitted an application or obtained a registration, lapse (other than through the expiration of registered Intellectual Property at the end of its maximum statutory term).

iii. The Company and the Subsidiaries own and have sufficient rights to each item of Company-Owned IP Rights and each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property, free and clear of any material Encumbrances. The right, license and interest of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in and to all Third Party Intellectual Property Rights licensed by the Company or a Subsidiary from a third party are free and clear of all material Encumbrances.

iv. Neither the execution and delivery or effectiveness of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement, nor the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement will cause the forfeiture or termination of, or give rise to a right of forfeiture or termination of any Company-Owned IP Right, or impair the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or Acquiror to use, possess, sell or license any Company-Owned IP Right or portion thereof. After the Closing, all Company-Owned IP Rights will be fully transferable, alienable or licensable by Acquiror without restriction and without payment of any kind to any third party.

v. Section 2.8(b)(v) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all Company Products by name and item number.

vi. Section 2.8(b)(vi) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all Company Registered Intellectual Property including the jurisdictions in which each such item of Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has been filed. Section 2.8(b)(vi) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all actions that are required to be taken by the Company or the Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, payment of applicable registration, maintenance and/or renewal fees, within 120 days of the Agreement Date with respect to any of the Company Registered Intellectual Property in order to avoid impairment or abandonment of such Company Registered Intellectual Property.

vii. Each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property is valid and subsisting (or in the case of applications, applied for), all registration, maintenance and renewal fees currently due in connection with each Company Registered Intellectual Property have been paid and all documents, recordations and certificates required in connection with registration, maintenance and renewal of such Company Registered Intellectual Property currently required to be filed have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of prosecuting, maintaining and perfecting such Company Registered Intellectual Property and recording the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ ownership interests therein.


21
    
        
 



viii. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is or shall be as a result of the execution and delivery or effectiveness of this Agreement or the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any Contract governing any Company IP Rights (the “ Company IP Rights Agreements ”) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the modification, cancellation, termination, suspension of, or acceleration of any payments with respect to the Company IP Rights Agreements, or give any non-Company party to any Company IP Rights Agreement the right to do any of the foregoing. Following the Closing, Acquiror will be permitted to exercise all of the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ rights under the Company IP Rights Agreements to substantially the same extent the Company and the Subsidiaries would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay.

ix. None of the Company IP Rights Agreements, in effect as of the Agreement Date, grants any third party exclusive rights to or under any Company IP Rights or grants any third party the right to sublicense any Company IP Rights.

x. There are no royalties, honoraria, fees or other payments payable by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to any Person (other than salaries payable to employees, consultants and independent contractors not contingent on or related to use of their work product) as a result of the ownership, use, possession, license-in, license-out, sale, marketing, advertising or disposition of any Company-Owned IP Rights by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

xi. To the Knowledge of the Company, there is no unauthorized use, unauthorized disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Company-Owned IP Rights, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of the Company or any Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property or breach of any Company IP Rights Agreement.

xii. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been sued in any suit, action or proceeding (or received any written notice of a threatened suit, action or proceeding) which involves a claim of infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property right of any third party or which contests the validity, ownership or right of the Company or any Subsidiary to exercise any Company IP Right. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written communication in the past five (5) years that involves an offer to license or grant any other rights or immunities under any Third Party Intellectual Property Right.

xiii. The operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries as such business is currently conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, including (A) the design, development, manufacturing, reproduction, marketing, licensing, sale, offer for sale, importation, distribution, provision and/or use of any Company Product in any country in the world where the Company and any Subsidiary currently conduct business and (B) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s use of any product, device or process used in the business of the Company or the Subsidiaries as currently conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, does not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any communication indicating that the design, development, manufacturing, reproduction, marketing, licensing, sale, offer for sale, importation, distribution, provision and/or use of any Company Product or the operation of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries is infringing or has infringed on or misappropriated any Intellectual Property of a third party.


22
    
        
 



xiv. None of the Company-Owned IP Rights, the Company Products, the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject to any proceeding or outstanding order, Contract or stipulation (A) materially restricting the use, transfer, or licensing by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of any Company-Owned IP Right or any Company Product, or (B) restricting the conduct of the business of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries in order to accommodate third party Intellectual Property rights pursuant to any non-compete, exclusivity, or similar agreement.

xv. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any opinion of counsel that any Company Product or the operation of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, as previously or currently conducted, or as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, infringes or misappropriates any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

xvi. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has secured from all of its consultants, employees and independent contractors who independently or jointly contributed to the creation or development of any Company-Owned IP Rights sufficient rights, title and interest in such contribution for the conduct of the business of the Company and any of its Subsidiaries and as proposed to be conducted as of the Agreement Date. The Company and each Subsidiary has obtained proprietary information and invention disclosure and assignment agreements, in the form made available to Acquiror, from all current and former employees and consultants of the Company and each Subsidiary who contributed to the creation or development of any Company-Owned IP Rights.

xvii. To the Knowledge of the Company, no current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Subsidiary: (A) is in violation of any term or covenant of any Contract relating to employment, invention disclosure, invention assignment, non-disclosure or non-competition or any other Contract with any other party by virtue of such employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s being employed by, or performing services for, the Company or any Subsidiary or using trade secrets or proprietary information of others without permission; or (B) has developed any technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work for the Company or any Subsidiary that is subject to any agreement under which such employee, consultant or independent contractor has assigned or otherwise granted to any third party any rights (including Intellectual Property rights) in or to such technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work.

xviii. To the Knowledge of the Company, the employment of any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or the use by the Company or any Subsidiary of the services of any consultant or independent contractor does not subject the Company or any Subsidiary to any liability to any third party for improperly soliciting such employee, consultant or independent contractor to work for the Company or any Subsidiary, whether such liability is based on contractual or other legal obligations to such third party.

xix. No current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Subsidiary has any right, license, claim or interest whatsoever in or with respect to any Company-Owned IP Rights.

xx. To the extent that any Intellectual Property that is or was Third Party Intellectual Property Right is incorporated into, integrated or bundled with, or used by the Company or the Subsidiaries in the development, manufacture or compilation of any of the Company Products, the Company or a Subsidiary have a written agreement with such third party with respect thereto pursuant to which the Company or a Subsidiary have obtained licenses or assignments sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted by the Company and the Subsidiaries and as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company and any Subsidiary to all such Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

23
    
        
 




xxi. The Company and the Subsidiaries have taken all commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all confidential or non-public information included in the Company IP Rights (“ Confidential Information ”). All use, disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information owned by the Company or any Subsidiary by or to a third party has been pursuant to the terms of a written Contract between the Company or a Subsidiary and such third party. All use, disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information by the Company and the Subsidiaries not owned by the Company or any Subsidiary has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between the Company or such Subsidiary and the owner of such Confidential Information, or is otherwise lawful.

xxii. Section 2.8(b)(xxii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all software or other material that is distributed as “free software”, “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution terms (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) and the Apache License) (“ Open Source Materials ”). To the Knowledge of the Company all Open Source Materials have been either (A) used and distributed without modification or (B) modified and distribution in accordance with their license terms. To the extent Open Source Materials have been modified or distributed by the Company, such modifications or distribution does not require distribution of Company Source Code under the terms of any open source license.

xxiii. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has (A) incorporated Open Source Materials into, or combined Open Source Materials with, the Company IP Rights or Company Products; (B) distributed Open Source Materials in conjunction with any Company IP Rights or Company Products; or (C) used Open Source Materials, in such a way that, with respect to (A), (B), or (C), creates obligations for the Company or such Subsidiary with respect to any Company Source Code or Company IP Rights or grants to any third party, any rights or immunities with respect to any Company Source Code or under any Company IP Rights (including using any Open Source Materials that require, as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution of such Open Source Materials that other software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials be (X) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (Y) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (Z) be redistributable at no charge).

xxiv. The software included in the Company Products or software used in the provision of any Company Product: (A) has sufficiently documented source code enabling a reasonably skilled software developer to use, update and enhance such source code using existing source code and available documentation; (B) is complete as of the Closing Date and no other computer hardware, software, system, or other information technology is needed in order to carry on the business of Company as of the Closing Date; (C) is free from known material defects or deficiencies; (D) other than regular maintenance releases and software updates made in the ordinary course of business, does not require a material upgrade or replacement within the 12-month period after the Closing Date and none are planned; and (E) does not contain any disabling mechanisms or protection features which are designed to disrupt, disable, harm or otherwise impede in any manner the operation of, or provide unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which Company Product software is stored or installed or damage or destroy any data or file without the user’s consent.

xxv. All Company Products sold, licensed, leased or delivered by the Company or any Subsidiary to customers and all services provided by or through the Company or any Subsidiary to customers on or prior to the Closing Date conform to applicable consumer protection legislation requirements contractual commitments, express and implied warranties and to any representations provided to customers

24
    
        
 



and conform in all material respects to packaging, advertising and marketing materials and to applicable product or service specifications or documentation, all to the extent any such warranties, representations, materials, specifications or documentation are not subject to legally effective express exclusions thereof. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability for replacement or repair of any Company Products in excess of any reserves therefor reflected on the Company Financial Statements. The Company has received no written communication alleging that the Company Products cannot be legally sold in each geographical market in which they are sold or marketed as of the Agreement Date.

xxvi. The Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to document all bugs, errors and defects in all the Company Products, and such documentation is retained and is available internally at the Company.

xxvii. To the Knowledge of the Company, for all software used by the Company and the Subsidiaries in providing services, or in developing or making available any of the Company Products, the Company or a Subsidiary has implemented any and all security patches or upgrades that are generally available for that software.

xxviii. No (A) government funding; (B) facilities of a university, college, other educational institution or research center; or (C) funding from any Person (other than funds received in consideration for shares of Company Capital Stock) was used in the development of the Company-Owned IP Rights. No current or former employee, or to the Knowledge of the Company, no consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Subsidiary, who was involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development of any Company-Owned IP Rights, has performed services for any government, university, college or other educational institution or research center during a period of time during which such employee, consultant or independent contractor was also performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary.

xxix. Neither the Company or any Subsidiary nor any other Person then acting on their behalf has disclosed, delivered or licensed to any Person, agreed to disclose, deliver or license to any Person, or permitted the disclosure or delivery to any escrow agent or other Person of, any Company Source Code. No event has occurred, and to the Knowledge of the Company, no circumstance or condition exists, that will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the disclosure, delivery or license by the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person then acting on their behalf to any Person of any Company Source Code. Section 2.8(xxix) of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies each Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary has deposited, or is or may be required to deposit, with an escrow holder or any other Person, any of the Company Source Code, and describes whether the execution of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in and of itself, would reasonably be expected to result in the release from escrow of any Company Source Code.

xxx. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is now or has ever been a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or any similar organization that could reasonably be expected to require or obligate any of the Company or any Subsidiary to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to any Company-Owned IP Rights. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has a present obligation to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to any Company-Owned IP Rights by virtue of Company’s, any Subsidiary’s or any other Person’s membership in, promotion of, or contributions to any industry standards body or any similar organization.

xxxi. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries have a written privacy policy which governs their collection, use and disclosure of Personal Information and the Company and each of the Subsidiaries are in compliance with their respective privacy policy. The Company and each Subsidiary

25
    
        
 



have complied in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements and their respective internal privacy policies relating to the use, collection, storage, disclosure and transfer of any personally identifiable information collected by the Company or any Subsidiary or by third parties having authorized access to the records of the Company or any Subsidiary including that the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ information processing in this regard has been carried out in material compliance with applicable law, and, as and when required by applicable law and regulations, the Company and/or the Subsidiaries have notified the relevant public authorities of its/their information processing. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, will not violate any applicable Legal Requirements relating to privacy and with the Company’s and each Subsidiary’s privacy policies. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a written complaint regarding the Company’s collection, use or disclosure of personally identifiable information.

xxxii. The Company and each Subsidiary has implemented and maintains a comprehensive security plan which (A) identifies internal and external risks to the security of the Confidential Information; (B) implements, monitors and improves administrative, electronic and physical safeguards to control those risks; and (C) maintains notification procedures in compliance with applicable Legal Requirements in the case of any breach of security compromising unencrypted data containing personally identifiable information. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has experienced any breach of security or otherwise unauthorized access by third parties to the Confidential Information, including personally identifiable information in the Company’s possession, custody or control. The Company and the Subsidiaries have compiled written policy guidelines for all parties with access to its computer systems regarding use of its computer systems, including use of the Internet and e-mail, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, such policy guidelines have been and are being complied with in all material respects.

2.9     Company Financial Statements .

a. Attached as Section 2.9(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule are the Company’s consolidated audited balance sheets, statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal years of the Company ended January 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, and 2013, and the Company’s unaudited balance sheet for the six month period ended July 31, 2013, and the related unaudited consolidated income statement of the Company for the six months then ended (referred to herein as the “ Company Balance Sheet ” and the date thereof, the “ Company Balance Sheet Date ”, and all such financial statements being collectively referred to herein as the “ Company Financial Statements ”). Such Company Financial Statements (a) were prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiaries, (b) present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries at the date or dates therein indicated and the results of operations for the period or periods therein specified, and (c) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except, as to the unaudited Company Financial Statements, for the omission of notes thereto and customary year-end audit adjustments.

b. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any Liabilities of any nature, other than (i) those set forth or adequately provided for in the Company Balance Sheet as of the Company Balance Sheet Date and included in the Financial Statements, (ii) those incurred in the conduct of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s business since the Company Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course, which are not individually in excess of $25,000 or in the aggregate in excess of $100,000, (iii) those incurred by the Company in connection with the execution of this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and (iv) Liabilities that are listed on Section 2.9(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and not reflected on the Company Financial Statements. Except for Liabilities reflected in the Company Financial Statements, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any off balance sheet liability of any nature to, or any financial interest in, any third party or entities, the purpose or effect of which is to

26
    
        
 



defer, postpone, reduce or otherwise avoid or adjust the recording of debt expenses incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary.

c. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, any current or former employee, advisor, consultant or director of the Company or any Subsidiary, has identified or been made aware of any fraud, whether or not material, that involves the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s management or other current or former employees, consultants, advisors or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary who have a role in the preparation of financial statements or the internal accounting controls utilized by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any claim or allegation regarding any of the foregoing.

2.10     Title to Property and Assets . Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has good and marketable title to all of their respective tangible properties, and interests in tangible properties and assets, real and personal, reflected on the Company Financial Statements or acquired after the Company Balance Sheet Date, except properties and assets, or interests in properties and assets, sold or otherwise disposed of since the Company Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business, or, to the Knowledge of the Company with respect to leased tangible properties and assets, valid leasehold interests in such properties and assets which afford the Company valid leasehold possession of the properties and assets that are the subject of such leases, in each case, free and clear of all Encumbrances. The tangible property and equipment of each of the Company and each Subsidiary that are used in the operations of their respective businesses are in good operating condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear. All tangible properties used in the operations of the Company or any Subsidiary are reflected on the Company Financial Statements to the extent required under GAAP to be so reflected. Section 2.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies each parcel of real property leased by the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company has heretofore provided or made available to Acquiror’s counsel true, correct and complete copies of all leases, subleases and other agreements under which the Company and/or any Subsidiary uses or occupies or has the right to use or occupy, now or in the future, any real property or facility, including all modifications, amendments and supplements thereto. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary currently owns any real property.

2.11     Absence of Certain Changes . Between May 1, 2013 and the Agreement Date:

a. neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any Company Common Stock or any equity interest of any Subsidiary;

b. neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or incurred any other Liabilities individually in excess of $25,000 or in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate;

c. neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has made any loans, guarantees or advances, nor has provided any type of security interest whatsoever to any Person, other than ordinary advances for expenses;

d. neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any material assets or rights other than sales of Company Products and non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of its business;

e. other than any Contract entered into in connection with this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered into any transactions with any of its officers, directors or employees or any entity controlled by any of such individuals;

27
    
        
 




f. there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, materially and adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, prospects or business of the Company or any Subsidiary;

g. there has not been any waiver by the Company or any Subsidiary of a material right or of a material debt owed to it;

h. there has not been any material change or amendment to a Material Contract by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s assets or properties is bound or subject, except for changes or amendments which are expressly provided for in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements or that have been entered into in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice;

i. there has not been any change in any compensation or benefits arrangement or agreement with any employee (other than any increase in the base salary of an employee who is not an officer in an amount that does not exceed 10% of such base salary), officer, director or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary;

j. there has not been any resignation or termination of employment of any officer or key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary and the Company has no Knowledge of any impending resignation or termination of employment of any such officer or key employee;

k. there has not been any change in any Tax election or method of Tax accounting made or used by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any settlement or final determination of any Tax audit, claim, investigation, litigation or other proceeding or assessment involving the Company or any Subsidiary;

l. there has not occurred any event or events that have had a Material Adverse Effect on the Company or any Subsidiary; and

m. there has not been any arrangement or commitment by the Company or any Subsidiary or any other Person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary to do any of the things described in this Section 2.11 .

2.12     Interested Party Transactions . None of the officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary and, to the Knowledge of the Company, none of the employees or stockholders of the Company or any Subsidiary, nor any immediate family member of an officer, director, employee or stockholder of the Company or any Subsidiary, has any direct or indirect ownership, participation, royalty or other interest in, or is an officer, director, employee of or consultant or contractor for any firm, partnership, entity or corporation that competes with, or does business with, or has any contractual arrangement with, the Company or any Subsidiary (except with respect to any interest in less than five percent (5%) of the shares of any corporation whose shares are publicly traded). None of said officers, directors, employees or stockholders, or any members of their immediate families, is a party to, or to the Knowledge of the Company, otherwise directly or indirectly interested in, any Contract to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their respective assets or properties may be bound or affected, except for (i) compensation for services as an officer, director or employee thereof or (ii) agreements between the Company and its officers, directors, employees or stockholders customarily entered into by similarly situated companies with respect to the sale of Company Capital Stock. To the Knowledge of the Company, none of said officers, directors, employees, stockholders, or immediate family members has any interest in any property, real or

28
    
        
 



personal, tangible or intangible (including any Intellectual Property) that is used in, or that relates to, the business of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, except for the rights of stockholders under applicable Legal Requirements.

2.13     No Finder’s Fees; Transaction Expenses . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is nor will be obligated for any finder’s or broker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

2.14     Insurance . Section 2.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all insurance policies held by the Company and each Subsidiary, copies of which have been provided or made available to Acquiror. There is no claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid and the Company and each Subsidiary is otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. All such policies and bonds remain in full force and effect, and the Company has no Knowledge of any threatened termination of, or material premium increase with respect to, any of such policies.

2.15     Tax Returns and Payments .

a. The Company and each Subsidiary, and any consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group for Tax purposes of which the Company or any Subsidiary is or has been a member, have properly completed and timely filed all Tax Returns required to be filed by them and have timely paid, or reserved for in accordance with GAAP on the Company Financial Statements all Taxes whether or not shown on any Tax Return. All Tax Returns were complete and accurate and have been prepared in substantial compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements. The Company has delivered or made available to Acquiror correct and complete copies of all Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by the Company or any Subsidiary for all tax periods beginning on or after December 31, 2009.

b. The Company Financial Statements reflects all liability for unpaid Taxes of the Company and/or any Subsidiary for periods (or portions of periods) through the Company Balance Sheet Date. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability for unpaid Taxes accruing after the Company Balance Sheet Date except for Taxes arising in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the Company Balance Sheet Date, other than Taxes that would be owed pursuant to a Code Section 338 election made pursuant to a Code Section 338 election made pursuant to Section 6.4(c).

c. There is (i) no claim for Taxes being asserted against the Company or any Subsidiary that has resulted in a lien against the property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than liens for Taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) no audit or pending audit of, or Tax controversy associated with, any Tax Return of the Company or any Subsidiary being conducted by a Tax Authority, (iii) no extension of any statute of limitations on the assessment of any Taxes granted by the Company or any Subsidiary currently in effect, and (iv) no agreement to any extension of time for filing any Tax Return which has not been filed. No claim has ever been made in writing by any Governmental Entity in a jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns that the Company or any Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

d. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, or Tax allocation agreement nor does the Company or any Subsidiary have any liability or potential liability to another party under any such agreement.

29
    
        
 



e. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or any predecessor of the Company or any Subsidiary has ever been a member of a consolidated, combined, unitary or aggregate group of which the Company or any predecessor of the Company was not the ultimate parent corporation.

f. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) as a transferee or successor, by Contract or otherwise.

g. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will be required to include in income, or exclude any item of deduction from, Taxable income for any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) change in method of accounting for a Taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (B) installment sale or open transaction disposition made on or prior to the Closing Date; or (C) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

h. None of the Tax attributes (including net operating loss carry forwards and general business Tax credits) of either the Company or any Subsidiary is limited under any provision of U.S. federal, state, local, or foreign Tax law).

i. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has in its possession official foreign government receipts for any Taxes paid by it to any foreign Tax Authorities.

j. The Company for itself and for the Subsidiaries has provided or made available to Acquiror all documentation relating to any applicable Tax holidays or incentives. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with the requirements for any applicable Tax holidays or incentives and none of the Tax holidays or incentives will be jeopardized by the transaction contemplated in this Agreement.

k. Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has complied (and until the Closing will comply) with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the payment, reporting and withholding of Taxes, has, within the time and in the manner prescribed by law, withheld from employee wages or consulting compensation and paid over to the proper governmental authorities (or is properly holding for such timely payment) all amounts required to be so withheld and paid over under all applicable Legal Requirements, including applicable foreign Taxes, as well as federal and state income Taxes, Federal Insurance Contribution Act, Medicare, Federal Unemployment Tax Act, relevant state income and employment Tax withholding laws, and has timely filed all withholding Tax Returns, for all periods through and including the Closing Date.

l. There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other Contract covering any current or former employee or other service provider of the Company or any Subsidiary or Plan Affiliate to which the Company and/or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Company and/or any Subsidiary is bound that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such agreements, plans, arrangements or other Contracts, will, or could reasonably be expected to, as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby (whether alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent events), give rise directly or indirectly to the payment of any amount that could reasonably be expected to be non-deductible under Section 162 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) or characterized as a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law).

2.16     List of Material Agreements .

30
    
        
 



a. Except for this Agreement and the Contracts specifically identified in Section 2.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any of the following Contracts (each a “ Material Contract ”):

i. any distributor, original equipment manufacturer, reseller, value added reseller, sales, advertising, agency or manufacturer’s representative Contract pursuant to which any Person has a right to market, resell or distribute any Company Product;

ii. any continuing Contract for the purchase, sale or license of materials, supplies, equipment, services, software, Intellectual Property or other assets involving in the case of any such Contract more than $25,000 over the life of the Contract;

iii. any Contract that expires or may be renewed at the option of any Person other than the Company or any Subsidiary so as to expire more than one year after the date of this Agreement, other than a Contract which is terminable for any reason by the Company or any Subsidiary within one year after the date of this Agreement;

iv. any trust indenture, mortgage, promissory note, loan agreement or other Contract for the borrowing of money, any currency exchange, commodities or other hedging arrangement or any leasing transaction of the type required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP and outstanding after the Closing Date;

v. any continuing Contract for capital expenditures in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate;

vi. any Contract limiting the freedom of the Company or any Subsidiary to engage or participate, or compete with any other Person, in any line of business, market or geographic area, or to make use of any Intellectual Property, or any Contract granting most favored nation pricing, exclusive sales, distribution, marketing or other exclusive rights, rights of refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights and/or terms to any Person, or any Contract otherwise limiting the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to sell, distribute or manufacture any products or services or to purchase or otherwise obtain any software, components, parts, subassemblies or services;

vii. any continuing Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a lessor or lessee of any real property or any machinery, equipment, motor vehicles, office furniture, fixtures or other personal property involving in excess of $25,000 per annum;

viii. any Contract with any of its officers, directors, employees or stockholders or any member of their immediate families or other closely related Persons other than (i) compensation for services as an officer, director or employee and (ii) agreements between the Company and its officers, directors, employees or stockholders customarily entered into by similarly situated companies with respect to the sale of Company Capital Stock (provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that all agreements for indemnification entered into between the Company and any of its directors or officers shall be required to be disclosed pursuant to this Section 2.16(a)(viii) );

ix. any Contract of guarantee, support, indemnification, assumption or endorsement of, or any similar commitment with respect to Liabilities or indebtedness of any other Person in excess of $25,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate, other than Intellectual Property and other

31
    
        
 



indemnities granted by the Company or any Subsidiary under any Contract listed in Sections 2.16(a)(x) or (xi) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

x. all licenses, sublicenses and other Contracts as to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use any Company IP Rights as of the Agreement Date or pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary has agreed to any restriction on the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to use or enforce any Company-Owned IP Rights or pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary agrees to encumber, transfer or sell rights in or with respect to any Company-Owned IP Rights;

xi. other than “shrink wrap” and similar generally available commercial end-user licenses to software that is not redistributed with or used in the development or provision of the Company Products that have an individual acquisition cost of $5,000 or less, all licenses, sublicenses and other Contracts to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party and pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary acquired or is authorized to use any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights;

xii. any continuing Contract providing for the development of any software, content, technology or Intellectual Property, independently or jointly, by or for the Company or any Subsidiary;

xiii. any continuing Contracts relating to the membership of, or participation by, the Company or any Subsidiary in, or the affiliation of the Company or any Subsidiary with, any industry standards group or association;

xiv. any Contract to license or authorize any third party to manufacture or reproduce any of the products, services, technology or Intellectual Property of the Company;

xv. (A) any joint venture Contract, (B) any Contract that involves a sharing of revenues, profits, cash flows, expenses or losses with other Persons or (C) any Contract that involves the payment of royalties to any other Person in excess of $10,000 per annum;

xvi. any Company Product warranty, other than standard warranties of Company or any Subsidiary included in the packaging of Company Products and warranties granted under Contracts listed in Section 2.16(a)(xvi) of the Company Disclosure Schedule;

xvii. any Contract for the employment of any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any other type of Contract with any officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any Subsidiary that is not immediately terminable by the Company or such Subsidiary without cost, including any Contract requiring it to make a payment to any director, officer, employee or consultant on account of the Merger, any transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any Contract that is entered into in connection with this Agreement;

xviii. [Reserved];

xix. any Contract under which the Company or any Subsidiary provides any advice or services to any third party, including any consulting Contract, professional Contract or software implementation, deployment or development services Contract, or support services Contract (including expected additional hours necessary to complete such services);


32
    
        
 



xx. any Contract with any labor union or any collective bargaining agreement or similar contract with its employees;

xxi. any Contract with any investment banker, broker, advisor or similar party, or any accountant, legal counsel or other Person retained by the Company, in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby;

xxii. any Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary has acquired a business or entity, or assets of a business or entity, whether by way of merger, consolidation, purchase of shares, purchase of assets, license or otherwise, or any contract pursuant to which it has any material ownership interest in any other Person (other than its subsidiaries);

xxiii. any continuing Contract with any Governmental Entity or any material Company Authorization;

xxiv. any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure Contract other than any such Contract entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business consistent with past practice or in connection with potential Acquisition Transactions;

xxv. any settlement agreement pursuant to which the Company has any ongoing obligations; or

xxvi. [Reserved];

xxvii. any other oral or written Contract or obligation not listed in clauses (i) through (xxvi) that individually has a value or payment obligation in excess of $100,000 over the life of the Contract or is otherwise material to the Company or any Subsidiary or their respective businesses, operations, financial condition, properties or assets.

b. All Material Contracts are in written form and have been entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s or the respective Subsidiaries’ businesses. Each of the Material Contracts is in full force and effect, subject only to the effect, if any, of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies. There exists no material default nor any event of default or event, occurrence, condition or act, with respect to the Company or to the Company’s Knowledge, with respect to any other contracting party, which, with the giving of notice, the lapse of time or the happening of any other event or condition, would reasonably be expected to (i) become a material default or an event of default under any Material Contract or (ii) give any third party (A) the right to declare a default or exercise any material remedy under any Material Contract, (B) the right to a rebate, chargeback, refund, credit, penalty or change in delivery schedule under any Material Contract, (C) the right to accelerate the maturity or performance of any material obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary under any Material Contract, or (D) the right to cancel, terminate or modify any Material Contract. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice or other written communication regarding any actual or threatened material breach of, or material default under, or intention to cancel or modify any Material Contract. True, correct and complete copies of all Material Contracts have been provided or made available to Acquiror prior to the Closing Date.

2.17     Export Control Laws . The Company and each Subsidiary has conducted its export transactions in accordance in all respects with applicable provisions of all export control laws and regulations that apply to Company or any Subsidiary and has obtained all export licenses and approvals required in

33
    
        
 



connection with the export of its products, software, services and technologies and is in compliance with terms of such licenses and approvals. Without limiting the foregoing:

a. there are no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened or threatening claims, or actions, conditions or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any future claims against the Company with respect to such export licenses or other approvals;

b. no consents or approvals for the transfer of export licenses to Acquiror are required, except for such consents and approvals that can be obtained expeditiously without material cost.

2.18    [Reserved].

2.19     Customers and Suppliers .

a. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any outstanding material disputes concerning its products and/or services with any customer or distributor who, in the year ended January 31, 2013 or the six month period ended July 31, 2013, was one of the 20 largest sources of revenues for the Company and the Subsidiaries, based on amounts paid or payable (each, a “ Significant Customer ”), and as of the Agreement Date, the Company has no outstanding disputes with any of it Significant Customers. Each Significant Customer is listed on Section 2.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice from any Significant Customer that such customer shall not continue as a customer of the Company or such Subsidiary (or the Acquiror) after the Closing or that such customer intends to terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company or such Subsidiary (or the Acquiror) as a result of the transaction contemplated herein. The Company has not had any of its products returned by a purchaser thereof except for normal warranty returns consistent with past history and properly reserved for in the Company’s books and records.

b. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any outstanding material dispute concerning products and/or services provided by any supplier who, in the year ended January 31, 2013 or the six-month period ended July 31, 2013, was one of the 10 largest suppliers of products and/or services to the Company and the Subsidiaries, based on amounts paid or payable (each, a “ Significant Supplier ”), and as of the Agreement Date, the Company has no outstanding disputes with any of its Significant Suppliers. Each Significant Supplier is listed on Section 2.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice from any Significant Supplier that such supplier shall not continue as a supplier to the Company or such Subsidiary (or the Acquiror) after the Closing or that such supplier intends to terminate or materially modify existing Contracts with the Company or such Subsidiary (or the Acquiror) as a result of the transactions contemplated herein. The Company and the Subsidiaries have access, on commercially reasonable terms, to all products and services reasonably necessary to carry on their respective businesses, and the Company has no knowledge of any reason why they will not continue to have such access on commercially reasonable terms.

2.20     Accounts Receivable . The accounts receivable shown on the Company Financial Statements arose in the ordinary course of business, and represented bona fide claims against debtors for sales and other charges. Allowances for doubtful accounts and warranty returns have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as disclosed in the Company Financial Statements) and to the Knowledge of the Company are sufficient to provide for any losses which may be sustained on realization of the receivables. The accounts receivable of the Company and the Subsidiaries arising after the Balance Sheet Date and before the Closing Date arose or shall arise in the ordinary course of business, and represented or shall represent bona fide claims against debtors for sales and other charges. None of the accounts receivable

34
    
        
 



of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject to any claim of offset, recoupment, setoff or counter-claim, and the Company has no Knowledge of any specific facts or circumstances that could reasonably give rise to any such claim. No material amount of accounts receivable is contingent upon the performance by the Company or any Subsidiary of any material obligation or Contract other than normal warranty repair and replacement. No Person has any lien on any of such accounts receivable, and no agreement for deduction or discount has been made with respect to any of such accounts receivable. Section 2.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth an aging of the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable in the aggregate and by customer, and indicates the amounts of allowances for doubtful accounts and warranty returns as of July 31, 2013. Section 2.20 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth such amounts of accounts receivable of the Company and the Subsidiaries which are subject to asserted warranty claims by customers and reasonably detailed information regarding asserted warranty claims made within the last year, including the type and amounts of such claims as of July 31, 2013.

2.21     Certificate; Bylaws; Minute Books; Books and Records . The certificates of incorporation and bylaws of the Company and each Subsidiary (as applicable) are in the form previously provided or made available to Acquiror. The minute books of the Company and each Subsidiary, as made available to Acquiror, contain, in all material respects, a complete summary of all meetings and complete and true copies of all consents of directors and stockholders since the time of their incorporation. The books and records of the Company and each Subsidiary, as made available to Acquiror: (a) are in all material respects true, complete and correct, (b) have been maintained in accordance with their respective business practices on a basis consistent with prior years, (c) are stated in reasonable detail and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company and such Subsidiary, and (d) accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the basis for the Company Financial Statements.

2.22     Employee Matters .

a. Section 2.22(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists, with respect to the Company and each Subsidiary (i) all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), (ii) each outstanding loan to an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary, (iii)  all stock option, stock purchase, phantom stock, stock appreciation right, supplemental retirement, severance, sabbatical, medical, dental, vision care, disability, employee relocation, cafeteria benefit (Section 125 of the Code), dependent care (Section 129 of the Code), life insurance or accident insurance plans, programs or arrangements, (iv) all bonus, pension, profit sharing, savings, severance, retirement, deferred compensation or incentive plans, programs or arrangements, (v) all employment and executive compensation agreements which include severance obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary or severance agreements, written or otherwise, as to which unsatisfied obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary remain for the benefit of, or relating to, any present or former employee, consultant, advisor or non-employee director of the Company or a Subsidiary (all of the foregoing described in clauses (i) through (v), collectively, the “ Company Employee Plans ”). Any Company Employee Plan that is not a PEO Benefit Plan is referred to in this Agreement as a “ Company Sponsored Employee Plan ”.

b. Any Company Sponsored Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has either obtained from the Internal Revenue Service a favorable determination letter as to its qualified status under the Code, including all amendments to the Code effected by the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and subsequent legislation, or has applied (or has time remaining in which to apply) to the Internal Revenue Service for such a determination letter prior to the expiration of the requisite period under applicable Treasury Regulations or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements in which to apply for such determination letter and to make any amendments necessary to obtain a favorable determination or has been established under a standardized prototype plan for which an Internal Revenue Service opinion letter has

35
    
        
 



been obtained by the plan sponsor and is valid as to the adopting employer. The Company does not sponsor or maintain any self-funded employee benefit plan, including any plan to which a stop-loss policy applies.

c. The Company does not currently maintain, sponsor, participate in or contribute to, nor has it ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, any pension plan (within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA).

d. None of the Company Sponsored Employee Plans promises or provides retiree medical or other retiree welfare benefits to any person other than as required under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) or similar law of any state or foreign jurisdiction. Each Company Sponsored Employee Plan, other than a Company Sponsored Employee Plan described in Subsection (a)(ii) or (v) above, can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued after the Effective Time in accordance with its terms, without liability to Acquiror (other than ordinary administrative expenses typically incurred in a termination event). There are no other entities that are or should be part of a controlled group that includes the Company pursuant to Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o).

e. The Company is not a party to, and has not made any contribution to or otherwise incurred any obligation under, any “multiemployer plan” as such term is defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA or any “multiple employer plan” as such term is defined in Section 413(e) of the Code.

f. The Company and each Subsidiary have no liability and are not parties to or bound by any currently effective employment contract, deferred compensation arrangement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employee compensation plan or agreement. To the Company’s Knowledge, no employee, consultant or advisor of the Company, or any Subsidiary, is in violation of any term of any employment contract, proprietary information agreement or any other agreement relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, the Company; and to the Company’s Knowledge the continued employment by the Company and each Subsidiary of its present employees, and the performance of the Company’s and such Subsidiary’s contracts with its independent contractors, will not result in any such violation. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice alleging that any such violation has occurred.

g. Other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, none of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the Merger or any other transaction contemplated hereby or any termination of employment or service or any other event in connection therewith or subsequent thereto will, individually or together or with the occurrence of some other event, (i) result in any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any Person, (ii) materially increase or otherwise enhance any benefits otherwise payable by the Company or any Subsidiary, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code, (iv) increase the amount of compensation due to any Person, or (v) result in the forgiveness in whole or in part of any outstanding loans made by the Company or any Subsidiary to any Person.

h. The Company and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with all currently applicable Legal Requirements respecting employment, discrimination in employment, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification (including the proper classification of workers as independent contractors, consultants and advisors), wages, hours and occupational safety and health and employment practices, including the Immigration Reform and Control Act, and is not engaged in any unfair labor practice. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has ever laid off or terminated any employee except those laid off and terminated in accordance with all applicable laws.

36
    
        
 




i. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or other labor union Contract, no collective bargaining agreement is being negotiated by the Company nor any Subsidiary and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any duty to bargain with any labor organization. There is no pending demand for recognition or any other request or demand from a labor organization for representative status with respect to any Person employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has Knowledge of any activities or proceedings of any labor union or to organize their respective employees. There is no labor dispute, strike or work stoppage against the Company or any Subsidiary pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened which may interfere with the respective business activities of the Company or any Subsidiary.

j. The employment of the employees of the Company and each Subsidiary is “at will” and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any obligation to provide any particular form or period of notice prior to terminating the employment of any of their respective employees, except as set forth on Section 2.22(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, key employee or group of employees.

k. The Company has provided or made available to Acquiror a true, correct and complete list of the names, positions and rates of compensation of all officers, directors, and employees of the Company and each Subsidiary, showing each such person’s name, position, base annual remuneration, status as exempt/non-exempt, bonuses and fringe benefits for the current fiscal year.

l. The Company has provided or made available to Acquiror a true, correct and complete list of all of the consultants, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and each Subsidiary, and for each the initial date of the engagement and whether the engagement has been terminated by written notice by either party.

m. The Company has provided or made available to Acquiror true, correct and complete copies of each of the following: all Company Employee Plan documents including any amendments and related services or insurance contracts; all forms of offer letters; all forms of employment agreements and severance agreements; all forms of services agreements and agreements with current and former consultants and/or advisors; all agreements relating to acceleration of vesting rights; all forms of confidentiality, non-competition or inventions agreements between current and former employees/consultants and the Company and each Subsidiary (and a true, correct and complete list of employees, consultants and/or others not subject thereto); the most current management organization chart(s); all agreements and/or insurance binders, which insurance binders shall provide a complete and correct summary of the underlying insurance policies, providing for the indemnification of any officers or directors of the Company and each Subsidiary; summary of liability for termination payments to current and former directors, officers and employees of the Company and each Subsidiary; and a schedule of bonus commitments made to employees of the Company and each Subsidiary. The Company has delivered or made available to Acquiror true and complete copies of all election statements under Section 83(b) of the Code that are in the Company’s possession with respect to any unvested securities or other property issued by the Company to any employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers.

n. Each Company Sponsored Employee Plan complies, in both form and operation, in all material respects, with its terms and with all applicable Legal Requirements, and no condition exists or event has occurred with respect to any such plan which would result in the incurrence by the Company or Acquiror of any liability, fine or penalty. To the Knowledge of the Company, each PEO Benefit Plan complies, in both form and operation, in all material respects, with its terms and with all applicable Legal

37
    
        
 



Requirements and no condition exists and no event has occurred with respect to any such plan that would result in the incurrence by the Company or Acquiror of any liability, fine or penalty.

2.23     Inventory . The inventories shown on the Company Financial Statements (net of any reserve on the Company Financial Statements) or thereafter acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary consisted of items of a quantity and quality usable or salable in the ordinary course of business. Since the Company Balance Sheet Date, the Company and each Subsidiary has continued to replenish inventories in a normal and customary manner consistent with past practices. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received written or, to the Knowledge of the Company, oral notice that it will experience in the foreseeable future any material difficulty in obtaining the desired quantity and quality and at a reasonable price and upon reasonable terms and conditions, the raw materials, supplies or component products required for the manufacture, assembly or production of its products. The values at which inventories are carried reflect the inventory valuation policy of the Company, which is in accordance with GAAP. Since the Company Balance Sheet Date, due provision was made on the books of the Company and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to provide for all slow-moving, obsolete, or unusable inventories to their estimated useful or scrap values and such inventory reserves are adequate to provide for such slow-moving, obsolete or unusable inventory and inventory shrinkage. As of the Agreement Date, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any commitments to purchase inventory.

2.24     Environmental and Safety Laws . To its Knowledge, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and to the Company’s Knowledge, no material expenditures are required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation. No Hazardous Materials (as defined below) are used or have been used, stored, or disposed of by the Company or, to the Company’s Knowledge, by any other Person on any property owned, leased or used by the Company. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, “ Hazardous Materials ” shall mean (a) materials which are listed or otherwise defined as “hazardous” or “toxic” under any applicable local, state, federal and/or foreign laws and regulations that govern the existence and/or remedy of contamination on property, the protection of the environment from contamination, the control of hazardous wastes, or other activities involving hazardous substances, including building materials, or (b) any petroleum products or nuclear materials.

2.25     Executive Officers . No executive officer of the Company nor any Subsidiary (i) has been convicted in a criminal proceeding or is a named subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding minor traffic violations) or (ii) is or has been subject to any judgment or order of, the subject of any pending civil or administrative action by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization.

2.26     Full Disclosure . To the Company’s Knowledge, neither the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, nor those contained in the exhibits hereto or the certificates delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement contain any untrue statement of a material fact or, to the Company’s Knowledge, omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such representations and warranties not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made .

ARTICLE III

Representations and Warranties of Acquiror

Acquiror represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

38
    
        
 



3.1     Organization and Standing . Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Acquiror has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and all other agreements required to be entered into and performed by Acquiror under this Agreement (the “ Acquiror Related Agreements ”), to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted.

3.2     Due Authorization . Acquiror and Merger Sub each has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Acquiror Related Agreements and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Acquiror Related Agreements, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly authorized by Acquiror’s and Merger Sub’s respective board of directors, and as required, approved by the stockholders of Acquiror and by Acquiror, as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Acquiror and Merger Sub and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Acquiror and Merger Sub, enforceable against Acquiror and Merger Sub in accordance with its terms, subject only to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

3.3     Governmental Consents . Except for the filing of the Agreement of Merger, no consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Acquiror or Merger Sub in order to enable Acquiror or Merger Sub to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement or the Acquiror Related Agreements, except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings will, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Closing and will, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.

3.4     Prior Sub Operations . Merger Sub is wholly owned directly by Acquiror, was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger and has not engaged in any business activities or conducted any operations other than in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

3.5     Financing . Acquiror has, and will have available to it upon the Effective Time, sufficient funds to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including payment in full of the amounts payable to the Company Debtholders under ARTICLE I, subject to the adjustment mechanism contained in ARTICLE I.

ARTICLE IV

Covenants of the Company
4.1     Conduct of the Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . During the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing Date, except as contemplated herein, as set forth in Part 4.1 of the Disclosure Schedule or with the prior written consent of Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld):

a. the Company shall and shall cause the Subsidiaries to conduct its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements (except to the extent expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement or as consented to in writing by Acquiror);

39
    
        
 




b. the Company shall, and shall cause the Subsidiaries to, (i) pay all if its debts and Taxes when due, subject to good faith disputes over such debts or Taxes, (ii) pay or perform its material obligations when due, (iii) use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to collect accounts receivable when due and not extend credit outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (iv) use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to preserve intact, in all material respects, its present business organizations, keep available the services of its present officers and key employees and preserve its relationships with material customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others having business dealings with it;

c. the Company shall promptly notify Acquiror of any change, occurrence or event that, individually or in the aggregate with any other changes, occurrences and events, would reasonably be expected to cause any of the conditions to the Closing set forth in Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.4(b) to not be satisfied;

d. the Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent, waiver or novation required pursuant to any Material Contract in connection with the consummation of, the Merger, and shall give reasonable advance notice to Acquiror prior to (i) terminating any Material Contract or taking any affirmative action to cause any right thereunder to lapse or terminate other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or (ii) terminating any Material Contract with a supplier of products and/or services to the Company or any Subsidiary or taking any affirmative action to cause any right thereunder to lapse or terminate;

e. the Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain each of its leased premises in material compliance with the terms of the applicable lease; and

f. the Company shall not cause or permit any amendments to the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or equivalent organizational or governing documents of the Company or any Subsidiary.

4.2     Restrictions on Conduct of Business of the Company and the Subsidiaries . Without limiting the generality or effect of the provisions of Section 4.1 , during the period from the Agreement Date and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Company shall not, and shall cause each Subsidiary not to, do, cause or permit any of the following, except as contemplated herein, as set forth in Part 4.2 of the Disclosure Schedule or with the prior written consent of Acquiror (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld):

a. (i) make any payments to any employees (other than any payment of accrued standard base salary in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll practices and employment agreements and reimbursement of business expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business), (ii) hire any additional officers or other employees, or any consultants or independent contractors, except hiring of employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice to fill open positions listed on Section 4.2(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (iii) terminate the employment, change the title, office or position, or materially reduce the responsibilities of any management, supervisory or other key personnel of the Company or any Subsidiary or (iv) enter into, amend or extend the term of any employment or consulting agreement with any officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor;


40
    
        
 



b. make any dividend or other distributions (whether in cash, stock or property) in respect of any of its capital stock, or split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substation for shares of its capital stock;

c. transfer or license from any Person any rights to any Intellectual Property (other than non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or transfer or license to any Person any rights to any Company IP Rights (other than non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice), or transfer or provide a copy of any Company Source Code to any Person;

d. enter into any Contract that would constitute a Material Contract, or violate, terminate, adversely amend, or otherwise adversely modify (including by entering into a new Contract with such party or otherwise) or waive any of the material terms of any of its Material Contracts;

e. issue, deliver or sell or authorize or propose the issuance, delivery or sale of, or purchase or propose the purchase of, any debt instruments convertible into shares of Company Capital Stock or any shares of Company Capital Stock or securities convertible into, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire, or other Contracts of any character obligating it to issue any such shares or other convertible securities;

f. sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of or materially encumber any of its properties or assets, other than sales and nonexclusive licenses of Company Products in the ordinary course of business;

g. incur or commit to any new material Liabilities outside of the ordinary course of business;

h. make any capital expenditures, capital additions or capital improvements in excess of $25,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;

i. materially change the amount of any insurance coverage, other than any “tail policy” as set forth in Section 5.2(b);

j. commence a lawsuit other than (i) for the routine collection of bills or (ii) in such cases where it in good faith determines that failure to commence suit would result in the material impairment of a valuable aspect of its business, provided that it consults with Acquiror prior to the filing of such a suit; or

k. change accounting methods or practices or revalue any of its assets, except in each case as required by changes in GAAP after notice to Acquiror.

4.3     Notice of Developments . The Company will promptly notify Acquiror of the commencement or threat of litigation. The Company will promptly notify Acquiror in writing if it should discover that any representation or warranty made by it in this Agreement was when made, has subsequently become or will be on the Closing Date untrue in a material respect and that a material effect on the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. No disclosure pursuant to this Section 4.3 will be deemed to amend or supplement the Company Disclosure Schedule or to prevent or cure any inaccuracy, misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of this Agreement.


41
    
        
 



4.4     Pre-Closing Access . Through the Closing Date, the Company and each Subsidiary will afford to Acquiror and its authorized representatives reasonable access as Acquiror may reasonably request to the facilities, offices, properties, technology, processes, books, business and financial records, business plans, budgets and projections, and other information of each of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and the workpapers of the Company’s independent accountants, and otherwise provide such assistance as may be reasonably requested by Acquiror in order that Acquiror have a full opportunity to make such investigation and evaluation as it reasonably desires to make of the business and affairs of each of the Company and the Subsidiaries. Subject to Legal Requirements, Acquiror will have full access to the personnel records (including performance appraisals, disciplinary actions, grievances and medical records) of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the purpose of preparing for and conducting employment interviews with all employees.

4.5     Conditions . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Section 1.4(a) and Section 1.4(b) to be satisfied and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as reasonably possible.

4.6     Employees . With respect to any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary who receives an offer of employment from Acquiror or the Surviving Corporation, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Acquiror with its efforts to enter into an Employment Agreement with such employee as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement and in any event prior to the Closing Date. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, neither Acquiror nor Merger Sub (including the Surviving Corporation) shall have any obligation to make an offer of employment to any employee of the Company. With respect to matters described in this Section 4.6 , the Company will consult with Acquiror (and will consider in good faith the advice of Acquiror) prior to sending any notices or other communication materials to its employees.

4.7     Resignation of Officers and Directors . The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and deliver to Acquiror prior to the Closing Date (to be effective as of the Closing Date) the resignation of each officer and director of the Company and each officer and director of each Subsidiary (in each case, in their capacities as officers and directors and not as employees).

4.8     No Solicitation .

a. Prior to (i) the Closing or (ii) termination of this Agreement pursuant to ARTICLE VII hereof, whichever comes first, the Company will not, and will cause any Company Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, (i) solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage, induce or facilitate the making, submission or announcement of any Acquisition Proposal or take any action that would reasonably be expected to lead to an Acquisition Proposal, (ii) furnish any information regarding the Company to any Person in connection with or in response to an Acquisition Proposal or an inquiry or indication of interest that would reasonably be expected to lead to an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) engage in discussions or negotiations with any Person with respect to any Acquisition Proposal or that would reasonably be expected to lead to an Acquisition Proposal, (iv) approve, endorse or recommend any Acquisition Proposal or (v) enter into any letter of intent or similar document or any Contract contemplating or otherwise relating to any Acquisition Transaction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any violation of or the taking of any action inconsistent with any of the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence by any Company Representative, whether or not such Company Representative is purporting to act on behalf of the Company, will be deemed to constitute a breach of this Section 4.9 by the Company.

b. The Company will promptly (and in no event later than 24 hours after receipt of any Acquisition Proposal, any inquiry or indication of interest that could lead to an Acquisition Proposal or

42
    
        
 



any request for nonpublic information) advise Acquiror orally and in writing of any Acquisition Proposal, any inquiry or indication of interest that would reasonably be expected to lead to an Acquisition Proposal or any request for nonpublic information relating to the Company (including the identity of the Person making or submitting such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, indication of interest or request, and the material terms thereof) that is made or submitted by any Person prior to the Closing Date. The Company will keep Acquiror reasonably informed with respect to the status of any such Acquisition Proposal, inquiry, indication of interest or request and any material modification or proposed material modification thereto.

4.9     Spreadsheet . At least two (2) Business Day prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to Acquiror the draft Spreadsheet.

ARTICLE V

Covenants of Acquiror
5.1     Conditions . Acquiror will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Section 1.4(d) to be satisfied and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as reasonably possible.

5.2     Indemnification of Officers and Directors .

a. All rights to indemnification existing in favor of those Persons who are, or were, directors and officers of the Company at or prior to the date of this Agreement (such Persons, the “ D&O Indemnified Parties ”) pursuant to the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws or pursuant to the individual indemnification agreements executed by the Company and as set forth on Section 5.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule will survive the Merger and will be observed by the Surviving Corporation or the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law for a period of six years from the Closing Date and Acquiror shall cause the Surviving Corporation to comply with and observe such obligation; provided , however , that the foregoing covenants under this Section 5.2 shall not be used by any Effective Time Holder who is a D&O Indemnified Party in derogation of any rights of Acquiror pursuant ARTICLE VIII hereof.

b. In the event the Company or the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, the successors and assigns of the Company or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, shall assume and observe the obligations set forth in this Section 5.2.

c. Prior to the Closing, the Company shall obtain up to a six-year prepaid “tail policy” for its current and former directors and officers with coverage amounts as the Company may determine in its sole discretion prior to the Closing; provided , however , that the fees and expenses associated with such “tail policy”, for the term of such “tail policy”, shall be included as a liability in the calculation of the Company Net Working Capital.

d. The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive the consummation of the Merger and are (i) intended to be for the benefit of, and will be enforceable by, each of the D&O Indemnified Parties and their successors, assigns and heirs and (ii) in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights

43
    
        
 



under the existing indemnification agreements with the D&O Indemnified Parties set forth on Section 5.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

ARTICLE VI

Additional Agreements

6.1     Expenses . Whether or not the Merger is consummated, all costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expense ( provided , that upon the Closing, any unpaid Transaction Expenses of Company shall be included in the calculation of the Company Net Working Capital).

6.2     Corporate Matters . The Company shall, at (or as soon as reasonably practicable after) the Closing, deliver to Acquiror the minute books containing the records of all proceedings, consents, actions and meetings of the board of directors, committees of the board of directors and stockholders of the Company and the stock ledgers, journals and other records reflecting all stock issuances and transfers.

6.3     Further Action; Reasonable Efforts . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws to consummate and make effective the Merger, including, without limitation, using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all permits, consents (including in the case of the Company, the Payoff Letters), approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of Governmental Entities and parties to contracts with the Company as are necessary for the consummation of the Merger. In case, at any time after the Closing Date, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the proper officers and directors of each party to this Agreement shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all such action.

6.4     Tax Matters .

a. Cooperation on Tax Matters .  Acquiror, the Company and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested, in connection with the filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Agreement and any action, suit, demand or other proceeding with respect to Taxes. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such action, suit, demand or other proceeding and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Acquiror, the Company and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent agree to retain all books and records with respect to Tax matters pertinent to the Company relating to any Taxable period beginning before the Closing Date until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (and, to the extent notified by Acquiror, any extensions thereof), and to abide by all record retention agreements entered into with any governmental authority. Acquiror and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent’ Agent further agree, upon request, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any governmental authority or any other person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

b. Transfer Taxes .  All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other substantially similar Taxes and fees incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “ Transfer Taxes ”) shall be paid by the Company Stockholders.

44
    
        
 



c. Code Section 338 Election . The parties hereto acknowledge that Acquiror may choose to make a regular Code Section 338 election on a timely basis to treat the Merger as a purchase of the Company’s assets for Tax purposes. The Company shall cooperate with Acquiror to provide Acquiror with such information as is reasonably necessary for Acquiror to satisfy its notification requirements in connection with such election.

6.5     Confidentiality; Public Disclosure .

a. The parties hereto acknowledge that Acquiror and the Company have previously executed the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement to the same extent as though the Effective Time Holders’ Agent were a party thereto. With respect to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, as used in the Confidentiality Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall include information relating to the Merger or this Agreement received by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent after the Closing or relating to the period after the Closing.

b. The Company shall not, and the Company shall cause each Subsidiary and each Company Representative not to, directly or indirectly, issue any press release or other public statement relating to the terms of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or use Acquiror’s name or refer to Acquiror directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein in any media interview, advertisement, news release, press release or professional or trade publication, or in any print media, whether or not in response to an inquiry, without the prior written approval of Acquiror, unless required by applicable Legal Requirements (in which event a satisfactory opinion of counsel to that effect shall be first delivered to Acquiror prior to any such disclosure). Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Confidentiality Agreement to the contrary, Acquiror may issue press releases or make such other public statements regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby as Acquiror may, in its reasonable discretion, determine, including as may be required by applicable Legal Requirements, the SEC or NASDAQ. For the avoidance of doubt, any information disclosed by Acquiror pursuant to the preceding sentence shall no longer be deemed confidential under the Confidentiality Agreement.

6.6     Termination of Certain Employees . Effective no later than the Closing Date, the Company shall, or shall cause a Subsidiary of the Company to, terminate the employment of each employee of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company who (a) is listed on Schedule B to this Agreement or (b) has declined or not accepted an Employment Agreement as of the day immediately preceding the Closing Date, in each case to the extent permissible and feasible under applicable Legal Requirements (collectively, the “ Non-Continuing Employees ”), all in accordance and subject to Schedule B. The Company shall be permitted to provide severance to each of the Non-Continuing Employees in the amount with respect to each Non-Continuing Employees that is equal to the amount set forth opposite such employee’s name on Schedule B, and other than in the case of the Termination Payment, such severance up to the amount set forth on such schedule shall not be included as liability in the calculation of Current Liabilities.

ARTICLE VII

Termination, Amendment and Waiver

7.1     Termination . At any time prior to the Closing, this Agreement may be terminated and the Merger abandoned by authorized action taken by the terminating party, whether before or after the Minimum Company Stockholder Approval has been obtained:


45
    
        
 



a. by mutual written consent duly authorized by the Company Board and the Board of Directors of Acquiror; and

b. by either Acquiror or the Company, if the Closing shall not have occurred on or before the date that is three weeks following the date of this Agreement or such other date that Acquiror and the Company may agree upon in writing (the “ Termination Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 7.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose breach of this Agreement has resulted in the failure of the Closing to occur on or before the Termination Date.

c. by Acquiror, if written consents adopting this Agreement and approving the principal terms of the Merger and this Agreement shall not have been duly executed and delivered by each of the stockholders of the Company listed on Exhibit B-1 , or their proxyholder(s), including by stockholders holding shares of Company Capital Stock sufficient to constitute the Company Stockholder Approval, or their proxyholder(s), within forty-eight (48) hours after the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

7.2     Effect of Termination . In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 7.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and have no effect and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Acquiror, Merger Sub the Company or their respective officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates; provided , however , that (a) the provisions of Section 6.1 (Expenses), this Section 7.2 (Effect of Termination), ARTICLE IX (General Provisions) (other than Section 9.1 ) and the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement and (b) nothing herein shall relieve any party hereto from liability in connection with any willful breach of such party’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein.

7.3     Amendment . Subject to the provisions of applicable Legal Requirements, the parties hereto may amend this Agreement by authorized action at any time pursuant to an instrument in writing signed on behalf of each of the parties hereto, provided, however, that such amendment does not materially adversely affect the rights of liabilities of the Effective Time Holders in any respect (unless approved by the requisite consent of the Effective Time Holders in accordance with Legal Requirements).

7.4     Extension; Waiver . At any time at or prior to the Closing, any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. At any time after the Closing, the Effective Time Holders’ Agent and Acquiror may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such Person contained herein. Without limiting the generality or effect of the preceding sentence, no delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of such right, and no waiver of any breach or default shall be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default of the same or any other provision in this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Indemnification

8.1     Indemnification . Subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this ARTICLE VIII, effective as of the Closing the Effective Time Holders shall severally (based on their respective Pro Rata

46
    
        
 



Percentages) indemnify and hold harmless Acquiror and its officers, directors, agents and employees, and each Person, if any, who controls, may control Acquiror or is controlled by Acquiror within the meaning of the Securities Act (each of the foregoing being referred to individually as an “ Indemnified Person ” and collectively as “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, fees, costs and expenses, including costs of investigation and defense and reasonable fees and expenses of lawyers, experts and other professionals (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Damages ”) directly or indirectly, whether or not due to a third-party claim, arising out of, or resulting from (i) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or the Company Disclosure Schedule to be true and correct, (ii) any failure of any certification, representation or warranty made by the Company in any certificate delivered to Acquiror pursuant to any provision of this Agreement to be true and correct (other than with respect to any inaccuracy in the Spreadsheet or the Company Net Working Capital Certificate, which are the subject of clause (vi) below), (iii) any breach of or default in connection with any of the covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement, (iv) any claim asserted or held by any current, former or alleged stockholder of the Company alleging any ownership of, interest in or right to acquire any shares or other securities of the Company or otherwise disputing the treatment of stockholders of the Company in connection with the Merger, and any claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.2 by the D&O Indemnified Parties, (v) any payments paid with respect to Dissenting Shares to the extent that such payments exceed the amounts that otherwise would have been payable pursuant to Section 1.9 hereof upon the exchange of such Dissenting Shares, provided that any such amount to be paid by Acquiror (or the Surviving Corporation) is approved in writing by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), unless determined in a final judgment of a court or (vi) any inaccuracy in the Spreadsheet or the Company Net Working Capital Certificate (clauses (i) through (vi) collectively, the “ Indemnifiable Matters ”). Materiality standards or qualifications in any representation, warranty or covenant shall only be taken into account in determining whether a breach of or default in connection with such representation, warranty or covenant (or failure of any representation or warranty to be true and correct) exists, and shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of any Indemnifiable Damages with respect to such breach, default or failure to be true and correct. Any indemnity payments made under this Agreement shall be treated as purchase price adjustments for federal and state income tax purposes.

8.2     Recourse; Limitations .

a. If the Merger is consummated, an amount equal to the amount of the Escrow Cash deposited in the Escrow Fund by Acquiror pursuant to Section 1.13 shall be the cap for recovery by an Indemnified Person pursuant to the indemnity obligations under this Agreement or other agreement, certificate or instrument executed or delivered pursuant to this Agreement (excluding any remedies of Acquiror under the Employment Agreements), except: (i) in the case of fraud or intentional misrepresentation made with intention to deceive by any Person; (ii) in the case of any failure of any of any of the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.1 (Organization), Section 2.2 (Capitalization), Section 2.4 (Due Authorization; Noncontravention) or Section 2.15 (Tax Returns and Payments) (collectively, the “ Fundamental Representations ”) to be true and correct; (iii) in the case of any breach of any of the covenants of the Company, except for unintentional breaches of covenants; or (iv) the matters listed in clause (vi) of the first sentence of Section 8.1 (the matters set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 8.2(a) , collectively, the “ Special Matters ”). Any claim for indemnification shall be satisfied first from the Escrow Fund. With respect to claims for indemnification regarding Special Matters, after the Escrow Fund has been exhausted (or otherwise only contains an amount or amounts in respect of a pending claim or claims), each Effective Time Holder shall indemnify the Indemnified Persons up to such holder’s Pro Rata Percentage of the amount of any Indemnifiable Damages resulting therefrom. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8.2(a) , the maximum liability of any Effective Time Holder for Indemnifiable Damages under this ARTICLE VIII shall be limited to an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the portion

47
    
        
 



of the Total Merger Consideration received by such Effective Time Holder pursuant to this Agreement; provided , that for claims arising out of any fraud or intentional misrepresentation (in each case, made with intention to deceive) by a particular Effective Time Holder, such Effective Time Holder shall be liable for any such claim solely with respect to such Effective Time Holder’s fraud or intentional misrepresentation (in each case, made with intention to deceive) in its entirety, and there shall be no cap with respect to such Effective Time Holder on such claims.

8.3     Period for Claims . Except as set forth below, the period during which claims may be made (the “ Claims Period ”) for Indemnifiable Damages arising from or in connection with the Indemnifiable Matters shall commence at the Closing and terminate at 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the day that is 18 months following the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Period ”); provided , however , that the Claims Period for Indemnifiable Damages arising out of, resulting from or in connection with any of the Special Matters shall commence at the Closing and terminate upon the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (such time period, the “ Special Claims Period ”). Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, such portion of the Escrow Fund at the conclusion of the Escrow Period as set forth in any unresolved or unsatisfied claim for Indemnifiable Damages specified in any Officer’s Certificate, which was properly delivered to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent prior to expiration of the Escrow Period pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, shall be retained by the Escrow Agent until such claim for Indemnifiable Damages has been resolved or satisfied. At the end of the Escrow Period, the remainder of the Escrow Fund, less any amounts remaining in respect of unresolved or unsatisfied claims pursuant to the previous sentence, shall be released and distributed to the Effective Time Holders promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) in accordance with each such Effective Time Holder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage. With respect to any amounts retained following the expiration of the Escrow Period, such amounts shall be released to the Effective Time Holders based on their respective Pro Rata Percentages within two (2) Business Days following the resolution or satisfaction of such claim, net any amounts therefrom used to satisfy such Effective Time Holder’s indemnification obligations with respect to such claim, in accordance with this ARTICLE VIII. It is the express intent of the parties that, if the applicable survival period for an item as contemplated by this Section 8.3 is shorter than the statute of limitations that would otherwise have been applicable to such item, then, by contract, the applicable statute of limitations with respect to such item shall be reduced to the shortened survival period contemplated hereby. The parties further acknowledge that the time periods set forth in this Section 8.3 for the assertion of claims under this Agreement are the result of arms’-length negotiation among the parties and that they intend for the time periods to be enforced as agreed by the parties.

8.4      Other Limitations .

a. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Effective Time Holders shall not be liable for any Indemnifiable Damages with respect to the matters set forth in Section 8.2 until the aggregate amount of all such Indemnifiable Damages exceeds $75,000 (the “ Basket ”), in which case the Effective Time Holders shall be liable for all Indemnifiable Damages (including the amount of the Basket); provided , however , that Damages attributable to the Special Matters shall not be subject to the Basket.

b. Payments by the Effective Time Holders pursuant to this ARTICLE VIII will be limited to the amount of any liability or damage that remains after deducting therefrom any insurance coverage and any indemnity, contribution or other similar payment actually received by any Indemnified Person in respect of any such claim; provided , however , that (i) any incremental costs and expenses (including, without limitation, increased premiums) incurred by any Indemnified Person in making any claims shall constitute “Indemnifiable Damages”, and (ii) no Indemnified Person shall have any obligation hereunder to use more than commercially reasonable efforts, at no material out of pocket expense, to pursue recovery under any insurance policy or any other indemnity, contribution or other similar third party payment.

48
    
        
 




c. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will any Effective Time Holder be liable for any punitive, exemplary or non-foreseeable consequential damages in connection with any Indemnifiable Damages payable to the Indemnified Persons or to a third party or otherwise arising out of the conduct of such Effective Time Holder pursuant to this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and the definition of Indemnifiable Damages shall exclude punitive, exemplary or non-foreseeable consequential damages.

8.5     Claims . On or before the last day of the Escrow Period, Acquiror may deliver to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent and the Escrow Agent and, following the expiration of the Escrow Period, on or before the last day of the Special Claims Period, Acquiror may deliver to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, a certificate signed by any officer of Acquiror (an “ Officer’s Certificate ”):

a. stating that an Indemnified Person has incurred, paid, reserved or accrued, or reasonably anticipates that it may incur, pay, reserve or accrue, Indemnifiable Damages (or that with respect to any Tax matters, that any Tax Authority may raise such matter in audit of Acquiror or any Subsidiary, which could give rise to Indemnifiable Damages);

b. stating the amount of such Indemnifiable Damages (which, in the case of Indemnifiable Damages not yet incurred, paid, reserved or accrued, may be the maximum amount reasonably anticipated by Acquiror to be incurred, paid, reserved or accrued); and

c. specifying in reasonable detail (based upon the information then possessed by Acquiror) the individual items of such Indemnifiable Damages included in the amount so stated and the nature of the claim to which such Indemnifiable Damages are related.

No delay in providing such Officer’s Certificate within the Escrow Period or Special Claims Period shall affect an Indemnified Person’s rights hereunder, unless (and then only to the extent that) the Effective Time Holders are materially prejudiced thereby.
8.6     Resolution of Objections to Claims .

a. If the Effective Time Holders’ Agent objects in writing to any claim or claims by Acquiror made in any Officer’s Certificate within the 40-day period following delivery of such Officer’s Certificate, Acquiror and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall attempt in good faith for forty-five (45) days after Acquiror’s receipt of such written objection to resolve such objection. If Acquiror and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed by both parties and delivered to the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to conclusively rely on any such memorandum and the Escrow Agent shall distribute the Escrow Cash from the Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such memorandum.

b. If no such agreement can be reached during the 45-day period for good faith negotiation, then upon the expiration of such 45-day period, either Acquiror or the Effective Time Holders’ Agent may submit the dispute to mandatory, final and binding arbitration to be held in the county of Santa Clara, in the State of California. The dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 9.9 below and the decision of the arbitrator as to the validity and amount of any claim in the relevant Officer’s Certificate shall be nonappealable, binding and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to act in accordance with any such decision and the Escrow Agent shall distribute the Escrow Cash from the Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms of such decision.

49
    
        
 




c. For purposes of this Section 8.6 , in any arbitration hereunder in which any claim or the amount thereof stated in the Officer’s Certificate is at issue, Acquiror shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party unless the arbitrator awards Acquiror more than one-half (1/2) of the amount in dispute; otherwise, the Effective Time Holders shall be deemed to be the non-prevailing party. The non-prevailing party to an arbitration shall pay its own expenses, the fees of the arbitrator, the administrative fee of Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services/EnDispute or its successor (“ J.A.M.S. ”) and the expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, reasonably incurred by the other party to the arbitration.

8.7     Effective Time Holders’ Agent .

a. At the Closing, Fortis Advisors LLC shall be constituted and appointed as the Effective Time Holders’ Agent. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Effective Time Holders’ Agent ” shall mean the agent for and on behalf of the Effective Time Holders to: (i) give and receive notices and communications to or from Acquiror (on behalf of itself of any other Indemnified Person) relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions and other matters contemplated hereby or thereby (except to the extent that this Agreement expressly contemplates that any such notice or communication shall be given or received by such stockholders individually); (ii) object to such claims pursuant to Section 8.6 ; (iii) consent or agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and comply with orders of courts with respect to, such claims solely to the extent of funds available in the Escrow Fund; and (iv) take all actions necessary or appropriate in the judgment of the Effective Time Holders’ Agent for the accomplishment of the foregoing, in each case without having to seek or obtain the consent of any Person under any circumstance; provided, however, that the Effective Time Holders’ Agent’s authority to consent or agree to any settlement or liability of the Effective Time Holders shall be limited to funds available in the Escrow Fund (the “ Authority Limitation ”). The Person serving as the Effective Time Holders’ Agent may be replaced from time to time by a vote of the Effective Time Holders previously holding a majority amount deposited in escrow as of the Closing. No bond shall be required of the Effective Time Holders’ Agent.

b. Certain Effective Time Holders have entered into a letter agreement with the Effective Time Holders’ Agent to provide direction to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent in connection with the performance of its services under this Agreement (such Effective Time Holders hereinafter referred to as the “ Advisory Group ”). To the maximum extent permissible by applicable law, neither the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, its members, managers, directors, officers, agents and employees nor any member of the Advisory Group, shall not be liable to any Effective Time Holder for any act done or omitted hereunder as the Effective Time Holders’ Agent while acting in good faith (and any act done or omitted pursuant to the advice of counsel shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith) and without gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Effective Time Holders shall jointly and severally indemnify the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, its members, managers, directors, officers, agents and employees and members of the Advisory Group, and hold them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, its members, managers, directors, officers, agents and employees and members of the Advisory Group, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of his or her duties hereunder, including any out-of-pocket costs and expenses and legal fees and other legal costs reasonably incurred by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, its members, managers, directors, officers, agents and employees and members of the Advisory Group. The Effective Time Holders acknowledge that in all questions arising under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, the Effective Time Holders’ Agent or any member of the Advisory Group may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel, accountants or other skilled persons, and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent will not be liable to any Effective Time Holder or any other Person for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent based on such advice of counsel, accountants or other skilled

50
    
        
 



persons, as the case may be, so long as such counsel, accountants or other skilled persons were selected with reasonable care. The Effective Time Holders acknowledge that no provision of this Agreement nor any of the transactions contemplated hereby shall require the Effective Time Holders’ Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the exercise or performance of any of its powers, rights, duties or privileges under this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby and, if the Effective Time Holders’ Agent is required to do so, such expenses shall be promptly reimbursed by the Effective Time Holders in accordance with Section 8.7(c) below.

c. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent, its members, managers, directors, officers, agents and employees, and the Advisory Group, shall be indemnified, defended and held harmless by the Effective Time Holders from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, fees, costs, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and disbursements and costs and including costs incurred in connection with seeking recovery from insurers), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement (“ Effective Time Holders’ Agent Expenses ”) arising from, based upon or with respect to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent’s execution and performance of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or otherwise in connection with acting as the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, in each case as such Effective Time Holders’ Agent Expense is incurred. Any such Effective Time Holders’ Agent Expense shall be recovered first, from the Expense Fund, second, from any distribution of the Escrow Fund otherwise distributable to the Effective Time Holders pursuant to the terms hereof and the Escrow Agreement at the time of distribution (and not distributed or distributable to an Indemnified Person or subject to a pending indemnification claim of an Indemnified Person) at the end of the Escrow Period, and third, directly from the Effective Time Holders, jointly and severally, on a pro rata basis based on their respective Pro Rata Percentages set forth on the Spreadsheet; provided , however , that no Effective Time Holder shall be liable to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent for any amount in excess of (50%) of the portion of the Total Merger Consideration received by such Effective Time Holder pursuant to this Agreement. All of the immunities granted to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent and the Advisory Group under this Agreement shall survive the resignation or removal of Effective Time Holders’ Agent or any member of the Advisory Group, and all of the immunities and powers granted to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent and the Advisory Group under this Agreement shall survive the Closing and/or any termination of this Agreement.

d. Any notice or communication given or received by, and any decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of, the Effective Time Holders’ Agent that is within the scope of the Effective Time Holders’ Agent’s authority under Section 8.7(a) shall constitute a notice or communication to or by, or a decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of all the Effective Time Holders and shall be final, binding and conclusive upon each such Effective Time Holder; and each Indemnified Person shall be entitled to rely upon any such notice, communication, decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction as being a notice or communication to or by, or a decision, action, failure to act within a designated period of time, agreement, consent, settlement, resolution or instruction of each and every such Effective Time Holders.

e. To the extent the Effective Time Holders’ Agent receives documents, spreadsheets or other forms of information from any party and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent is required to deliver any such document, spreadsheet or other form of information to another party, the Effective Time Holders’ Agent is not responsible for the content of such materials, nor is the Effective Time Holders’ Agent responsible for confirming the accuracy of any information contained in such materials or reconciling the content of any such materials with any other documents, spreadsheets or other information. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall be entitled to rely upon the Spreadsheet provided to it setting forth any apportionment or distribution of payments required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

51
    
        
 




f. All of the immunities and powers granted to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent under this Agreement shall survive the Closing and any termination of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. The grant of authority provided for in this Article : (i) is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable and survive the death, incompetence, bankruptcy or liquidation of the respective Effective Time Holders and shall be binding on any successor thereto and (ii) shall survive the delivery of an assignment by any Effective Time Holders of the whole or any fraction of his, her or its interest in the Escrow Fund.

g. Upon the Closing, Acquiror shall wire to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent $200,000 (the “ Expense Fund ”) (pursuant to wire instructions provided to Acquiror), which shall be held by the Effective Time Holders’ Agent as agent and for the benefit of the Effective Time Holders in a segregated client account and shall be used for the purposes of paying directly, or reimbursing the Effective Time Holders’ Agent for, any expenses or losses incurred pursuant to this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement or any Effective Time Holders’ Agent engagement agreement. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent will hold these funds separate from its corporate funds, will not use these funds for its operating expenses or any other corporate purposes and will not voluntarily make these funds available to its creditors in the event of bankruptcy. The Effective Time Holders shall not receive interest or other earnings on amounts in the Expense Fund and the Effective Time Holders irrevocably transfer and assign to the Effective Time Holders’ Agent any ownership right that they may have in any interest that may accrue on amounts in the Expense Fund. The Effective Time Holders acknowledge that the Effective Time Holders’ Agent is not providing any investment supervision, recommendations or advice. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss of principal of the Expense Fund other than as a result of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. As soon as practicable following the later of (i) the day after the date that is 18 months following the Closing Date or (ii) the final resolution of any indemnification claims, the Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall distribute the remaining Expense Fund (if any) to the Escrow Agent for further distribution to the Stockholders in accordance with their relative Pro Rata Percentage. For tax purposes, the Expense Fund shall be treated as having been received and voluntarily set aside by the Effective Time Holders at the time of Closing. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent is not acting as a withholding agent or in any similar capacity in connection with the Expense Fund, and has no tax reporting obligations hereunder.

8.8     Third-Party Claims . In the event that Acquiror becomes aware of a third-party claim which Acquiror believes may result in a claim against the Escrow Fund by or on behalf of an Indemnified Person, Acquiror shall have the right in its sole discretion to conduct the defense of and to settle or resolve any such claim (and the costs and expenses incurred by Acquiror in connection with such defense, settlement or resolution (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, other professionals’ and experts’ fees and court or arbitration costs) shall be included in the Indemnifiable Damages to the extent it is determined that Acquiror is entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 8.2. The Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall have the right to receive copies of all pleadings, notices and communications with respect to the third-party claim to the extent that receipt of such documents does not affect any privilege relating to any Indemnified Person and shall be entitled, at its expense, to participate in, but not to determine or conduct, any defense of the third-party claim or settlement negotiations with respect to the third-party claim. However, except with the consent of the Effective Time Holders’ Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably, withheld, conditioned or delayed, and which shall be deemed to have been given unless the Effective Time Holders’ Agent shall have objected within thirty (30) days after a written request for such consent by Acquiror, no settlement or resolution of any such claim with any third-party claimant shall be determinative of the existence of or amount of Indemnifiable Damages relating to such matter subject to the Authority Limitation. In the event that the Effective Time Holders’ Agent has consented to any such settlement or resolution, neither the Effective Time Holders’ Agent nor the Effective Time Holders shall have any power or authority to object under this Section 8.8 or any other provision of this ARTICLE VIII to the amount of any claim by or on behalf of any

52
    
        
 



Indemnified Person against the Escrow Fund for indemnity with respect to such settlement or resolution (solely to the extent of the funds available in Escrow Fund).

ARTICLE IX

General Provisions

9.1     Survival of Representations and Warranties and Covenants . If the Merger is consummated, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, the Company Disclosure Schedule (including any exhibit or schedule to the Company Disclosure Schedule), and the other certificates contemplated hereby (and the indemnification obligations of the Company relating thereto) shall survive the Closing and remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation or disclosure made by or on behalf of any of the parties to this Agreement, until 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the day after the date that is 18 months following the Closing Date, provided , that the foregoing shall not apply to the matters subject to the Special Claims Period pursuant to Section 8.3 , which matters shall survive in accordance with the Special Claims Period. If the Merger is consummated, the representations and warranties of Acquiror contained in this Agreement and the other certificates contemplated hereby shall survive until 11:59 p.m. Pacific Time on the day after the date that is 18 months following the Closing Date. If the Merger is consummated, all covenants of the Company shall expire and be of no further force or effect as of the Closing; provided , however , that no right to indemnification pursuant to ARTICLE VIII in respect of any claim based upon any breach of a covenant prior to the Closing shall be affected by the expiration of such covenant (subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement).

9.2     Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial delivery service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with confirmation of receipt) to the parties hereto at the following address (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

(i) if to Acquiror or Merger Sub, to:

Proofpoint, Inc.
892 Ross Drive
Sunnyvale, CA 94089
Attn:      Chief Executive Officer
General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (408) 517-4711
Telephone No.: (408 517-4710

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Fenwick & West LLP
801 California Street
Mountain View, CA 94041
Attention:
Kris S. Withrow
Scott A. Behar
Facsimile No.: (650) 938-5200
Telephone No.: (650) 335-7122

53
    
        
 



(ii) if to the Company or Effective Time Holders’ Agent, to:
Fortis Advisors LLC
Attention: Notice Department
Facsimile No.: (858) 408-1843
Email: notices@fortisrep.com
9.3     Interpretation . When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections or Exhibits, such reference shall be to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.4     Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same instrument and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to the other parties hereto; it being understood that all parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.

9.5     Entire Agreement; Nonassignability; Parties in Interest . This Agreement and the documents and instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto, including all the exhibits attached hereto, the Schedules, including the Company Disclosure Schedule, (a) constitute the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, except for the Confidentiality Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement, in accordance with its terms, (b) are not intended to confer, and shall not be construed as conferring, upon any Person other than the parties hereto any rights or remedies hereunder (except that ARTICLE VIII is intended to benefit Indemnified Persons, Section 5.2 is intended to benefit the D&O Indemnified Parties and Section 8.7(b) is intended to benefit the Effective Time Holders’ Agent) and (c) shall not be assigned by operation of law or otherwise except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

9.6     Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or delegated, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any such assignment without such prior written consent shall be null and void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Acquiror may assign this Agreement and any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder, in connection with a merger, acquisition, sale or all or substantially all of its assets or other change in control transaction.

9.7     Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect and shall be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties hereto shall use all reasonable efforts to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that shall achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

9.8     Remedies Cumulative; No Other Representations and Warranties . Indemnification pursuant to ARTICLE VIII of this Agreement shall be the Indemnified Persons’ sole and exclusive remedy with respect to monetary damages relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein. It is agreed that

54
    
        
 



the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity, and the parties hereby waive the requirement of any posting of a bond in connection with the remedies described herein. Each of Acquiror and Merger Sub acknowledges that the Company has not made and is not making any representations or warranties whatsoever regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, express or implied, except as provided in Article II, in the Company Disclosure Schedule and in the Ancillary Agreements, and that it is not relying and has not relied on any representations or warranties whatsoever regarding the subject matter of this Agreement, express or implied, except for the representations and warranties set forth in Article II, in the Company Disclosure Schedule and in the Ancillary Agreements.

9.9     Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to such state’s principles of conflicts of law. Subject to Sections 9.9(h) and 9.9(i) below, any dispute hereunder (“ Dispute ”) shall be settled by arbitration in the county of Santa Clara, California, and, except as herein specifically stated, in accordance with the J.A.M.S. Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures then in effect (the “ J.A.M.S. Rules ”). The arbitration provisions of this Section 9.9 shall govern over any conflicting rules that may now or hereafter be contained in the J.A.M.S. Rules. Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction over the subject matter thereof. The arbitrator shall have the authority to grant any equitable and legal remedies that would be available in any judicial proceeding instituted to resolve a Dispute.

a. Compensation of Arbitrator . Any such arbitration will be conducted before a single arbitrator who will be compensated for his or her services at a rate to be determined by the parties or by J.A.M.S., but based upon reasonable hourly or daily consulting rates for the arbitrator in the event the parties are not able to agree upon his or her rate of compensation.

b. Selection of Arbitrator . The parties will cooperate with J.A.M.S. in promptly selecting from a list of arbitrators who are lawyers familiar with California contract law one (1) arbitrator from the J.A.M.S. panel of neutrals; provided , however , that (i) such arbitrator cannot work for a firm then performing services for either party, and (ii) each party will have the opportunity to make such reasonable objection to any of the arbitrators listed as such party may wish. In the event that the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within three (3) Business Days after either party’s issuance of a written demand for arbitration, J.A.M.S. will select the arbitrator.

c. Payment of Costs . The Acquiror and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent (on behalf of the Company Stockholders) will bear the expense of deposits and advances required by the arbitrator in equal proportions, but either party may advance such amounts, subject to recovery as an addition or offset to any award. The arbitrator will award to the prevailing party, as determined pursuant to Section 8.6 , all costs, fees and expenses related to the arbitration, including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants and other professionals incurred by the prevailing party.

d. Burden of Proof . For any Dispute submitted to arbitration, the burden of proof will be as it would be if the claim were litigated in a judicial proceeding.

e. Award . Upon the conclusion of any arbitration proceedings hereunder, the arbitrator will render findings of fact and conclusions of law and a written opinion setting forth the basis and reasons for any decision reached and will deliver such documents to each party to this Agreement along with a signed copy of the award.


55
    
        
 



f. Terms of Arbitration . The arbitrator chosen in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.9 will not have the power to alter, amend or otherwise affect the provisions of this Agreement, including the terms of these arbitration provisions.

g. Confidentiality . At the request of any party, the mediators, arbitrators, attorneys, parties to the mediation or arbitration, witnesses, experts, court reporters, or other persons present at a mediation or arbitration shall agree in writing to maintain the strict confidentiality of the proceedings.

h. Emergency Relief . A party may apply either to a court of competent jurisdiction, or to an arbitrator if one has been appointed, for prejudgment remedies and emergency relief pending final determination of a claim in accordance with this Section 9.9 . The appointment of an arbitrator does not preclude a party from seeking prejudgment remedies and emergency relief from a court of competent jurisdiction.

i. Exclusive Remedy . Except as specifically otherwise provided herein, arbitration will be the sole and exclusive remedy of the parties for any Dispute arising out of this Agreement.

9.10     Rules of Construction . The parties hereto have been represented by counsel during the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement and, therefore, hereby waive, with respect to this Agreement, each Schedule and each Exhibit attached hereto, the application of any law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document shall be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.

[Signature Pages Next]


56
    
        
 



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Acquiror, Merger Sub, the Company and the Effective Time Holders’ Agent have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.
PROOFPOINT, INC.


By: /S/ GARY STEELE
Name: GARY STEELE
Title: CEO    

SAINT ACQUISITION CORP.


By: /S/ GARY STEELE
Name: GARY STEELE
Title: PRESIDENT    


SENDMAIL, INC.


By: /S/ GLEN D. VONDRICK    
Name: GLEN D. VONDRICK    
Title: CEO    


FORTIS ADVISORS LLC, AS EFFECTIVE TIME HOLDERS’ AGENT


By: /S/ RYAN SIMKIN    
Name: RYAN SIMKIN    
Title: MANAGING DIRECTOR    




 
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER]
Exhibit 10.07

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this Amendment ”) is entered into this 27 day of February, 2014 (the “ Third Amendment Effective Date ”), by and between Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”) and Proofpoint, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”) whose address is 892 Ross Drive, Sunnyvale, CA 94089.
RECITALS
A.     Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of April 19, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”).
B.     Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.
C.     Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to make certain revisions as more fully set forth herein.
D.     Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement and Perfection Certificate, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.
2.      Waiver. Borrower acknowledges that it failed to maintain liquidity as required by Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement for the quarter ending 12/31/2013 (the “ Existing Default ”). Bank hereby waives the Existing Default. This waiver does not apply to Borrower’s obligation to meet the financial covenant under Section 6.7, as amended by this Amendment, after the date hereof.
3.      Amendments to Loan Agreement and Perfection Certificate.
3.1      Section 6.7 ( Financial Covenants ). Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:
6.7      Financial Covenants . Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each quarter, unless otherwise noted, with respect to Borrower:
Liquidity . Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents at Bank plus net accounts receivable shall be at least two times: (i) the amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower, minus (ii) the amount of all outstanding Convertible Debt.
3.2      Section 13 ( Definitions ). The following terms and their respective definitions are added in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement in proper alphabetical order:
Convertible Debt ” means the up to $201,250,000 in unsecured convertible Indebtedness incurred by Borrower after December 5, 2013 but on or before the Third Amendment Effective Date.

1


Exhibit 10.07

Third Amendment ” is the Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower and Bank.
Third Amendment Effective Date ” is defined in the Third Amendment.
3.3      Compliance Certificate ( Exhibit D ). Exhibit D of the Loan Agreement, the Compliance Certificate, is amended in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit A to this Amendment.
4.      Limitation of Amendments.
4.1     The waiver set forth in Section 2 and the amendments set forth in Section 3 above are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.
4.2     This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.
5.      Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:
5.1     Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
5.2     Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;
5.3     The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;
5.4     The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;
5.5     The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;
5.6     The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

2


Exhibit 10.07

5.7     This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.
6.      Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
7.      Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto.
8.      Amendments in Writing; Integration . This Amendment is a Loan Document. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.
9.      Governing Law; Venue. The provisions of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement apply to this Amendment.

[Signature page follows.]


3



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.


BANK
BORROWER

Silicon Valley Bank


By:   /s/ Justin Mauch                       
Name:   /s/ Justin Mauch                        
Title:                                                       

Proofpoint, Inc.


By:   /s/ Paul Auvil                    
Name:   /s/ Paul Auvil                     
Title:  Chief Financial Officer     




4



EXHIBIT A

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE


TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK                    Date:                 
FROM: PROOFPOINT, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of Proofpoint, Inc. (“Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”):
(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending _______________ with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.
Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.
 
Reporting Covenant
Required
Complies
 
 
 
Quarterly financial statements with
Compliance Certificate
Quarterly within 5 days after filing 10Q
but no later than 60 days after quarter end
Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC
    Fiscal year 2011: FYE within 270 days
    Fiscal year 2012 and thereafter: FYE within 180 days
Yes No
Annual projections
Earlier of: (i) 7 days after Board
approval, or (ii) FYE within 60 days
Yes No
10‑Q, 10‑K and 8-K
Within 5 days after filing with SEC
Yes No

Financial Covenant
Required
Actual
Complies
 
 
 
 
Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum Liquidity
2.0:1.0
_____:1.0
Yes No


5



The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Proofpoint, Inc.


By:                                                                      
Name:                                                                 
Title:                                                                   

BANK USE ONLY

Received by: ___________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date: ________________________________

Verified: _______________________________
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date: ________________________________

Compliance Status: Yes No


6



Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:    ____________________

I.     Liquidity (Section 6.7(a))
Required:    2.00:1.00

Actual:

A.
Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of Borrower at SVB and SVB Affiliates


$    

B.
Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower
$    

C.
The sum of lines A and B
$    

D.
Aggregate value of Obligations to Bank
$    

E.
Aggregate value of all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower (other than Convertible Debt), and not otherwise reflected in line D above

$    


F.
Total outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower (the sum of lines D and E)
$    

G.
Liquidity (line C divided by line F)
   

Is line G equal to or greater than 2.00:1:00?

  No, not in compliance                        Yes, in compliance



7


EXHIBIT 10.11
June 28, 2013

Tracey Newell
2945 Deer Meadow Drive
Danville, CA 94506
    
Dear Tracey:
It is my pleasure to offer you the full-time position of Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales at Proofpoint Inc. (the “Company”). This letter shall serve to confirm the terms of your employment with the Company.
1. Duties . You will report to me and I will assign and direct your job duties and responsibilities. You will work from our offices located in Sunnyvale, California. Of course, the Company may change your position, duties, and work location from time to time as it deems necessary.

2. Compensation .

a.
Salary . You will be paid a monthly salary of $33,333.34 less payroll deductions and all required withholdings. You will be paid semi-monthly on the Company’s regular payroll dates.

b.
Management Bonus .  You will be eligible to receive a bonus targeted at 44% of your annual base salary with upside potential based upon individual and/or Company over-performance.  The bonus will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Proofpoint Bonus Plan Document.  The Company reserves the right to change, amend or cancel this program at any time.
c.
Commission. You will be eligible to earn annual target commissions in the amount of $175,000.00 at 100% of quota attainment (“Target Commissions”). Earned commissions will be paid monthly. You will be eligible for monthly commissions based on your attainment of quota under the terms and conditions of the Company’s applicable commission plan.
d.
Stock Option Plan . Upon the commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted an option to purchase 175,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”) at an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. The Option shall be subject to the vesting restrictions and all other terms of the Proofpoint 2012 Stock Option Plan and your Stock Option Agreement and related agreements.
Upon commencement of your employment and subject to Board approval, the Company will recommend to the Board of Directors that you be granted a Restricted Stock Unit (“RSU”) award of 75,000 shares of Proofpoint Common Stock. The RSU award shall vest 25% upon the one-year anniversary of your first day of employment; and 25% upon each of the next 3 anniversaries thereafter. The RSU shall be subject to the terms of the Proofpoint 2012 Stock Option Plan and your RSU Award Agreement and related agreements. You will be provided with a copy of the Proofpoint’s 2012 Stock Option Plan and other documents, upon approval and grant of the RSU award.
e.
Benefits . You will be eligible for the standard Company benefits for an employee in your position, e.g., health insurance, dental insurance, vacation, sick leave, holidays, 401k, etc. in accordance with the terms of the applicable benefit plans.
3. Company Policies . As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and



policies, and execute and abide by the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A for your execution.
4. Former Employers . In your work for the Company you will be expected not to use or disclose any confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality. Rather, you will be expected to use only that information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company. During our discussions about your proposed job duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the guidelines just described. You also agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any confidential information or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom you have an obligation of confidentiality.
5. Exposure to Explicit Electronic Content. Because of the type of business Proofpoint conducts, during the course of your employment and as a bona fide occupational qualification of your employment you may be periodically exposed to electronic content that displays sexually explicit literary material and/or electronically conveyed images.  By accepting employment with Proofpoint it is with the full understanding that your exposure to the content described above will not interfere with the performance of your job duties, will not cause you to consider the workplace intolerable or hostile, and will not cause you to believe that you are subject to sexual harassment in the workplace.
6. Alternative Dispute Resolution . To ensure the rapid and economical resolution of disputes that may arise in connection with your employment with the Company you must agree to submit such disputes to arbitration. Accordingly, please sign the Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit B and return it to me.
7. Conflicts.     As an exempt employee, you are expected to work the number of hours required to get the job done. However, you are generally expected to be present during normal business hours of the Company, which will be established by the Company and may be changed as needed to meet the needs of the business. You agree that during your employment with Proofpoint, you will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consulting or other business activity directly related to the business in which Proofpoint is now involved or becomes involved during the term of your employment, nor will you engage in any other activities that conflict with your obligations to Proofpoint.
8. Employment Status .     The Company is an “at-will” employer. This means that you may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying Proofpoint. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time, for any reason or not reason, with or without cause or advance notice.
9. Severance Benefit . Subject to the terms in Exhibit C hereto, you will be eligible for severance in the event that your employment is terminated without Cause, or you resign for Good Reason.
10. Miscellaneous . This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement and the Arbitration Agreement form the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Proofpoint. It supersedes any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written, and it can only be modified in a written agreement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Vice President of Human Resources of the Company. You understand and agree that the Company has not made any representations or warranties regarding the tax treatment of any of the benefits detailed in this letter, including, but not limited to any potential taxes or other consequences relating to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”). To the extent you have any questions about this or any other provisions in this letter, we encourage you to consult with independent counsel and tax advisors.
As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States, your successful clearance of a background and reference check and signing the enclosed Proprietary Information and Arbitration Agreements. Please sign and date this letter (including applicable Exhibits),



and return them to me by end of business Wednesday July 31, 2013 if you wish to accept employment with Proofpoint under the terms described above. If you accept our offer, your start date will be mutually determined by you and your manager, subject to first successfully clearing the background and reference checks. New Hire Orientation is held each Monday at 9:00 am.
We look forward to working with you to make Proofpoint a success. If there are any aspects of our offer, which you would like, clarified, please let me know.
Best regards,
                        

/s/ Gary Steele                        

Gary Steele
CEO

Understood & Agreed:
/s/ Tracey Newell                
Tracey Newell

Date     July 23, 2013                




Exhibit C - Severance Benefit
1.    Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
A.     Cause . “ Cause ” means the Executive’s termination of employment because of (a) any willful, material violation by the Executive of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Executive’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Executive of a common law fraud, (b) the Executive’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (c) any material breach by the Executive of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Executive regarding the terms of the Executive’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Executive to perform the material duties required of such employee as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Executive, (d) Executive’s disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, (e) any other misconduct by the Executive which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; or (f) Executive’s failure to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested his/her cooperation.
B.     Good Reason. " Good Reason " shall mean:
i)    voluntary resignation by the Executive following:  a change in the his position with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing the Executive), without his written consent, which materially reduces his duties and responsibilities as measured against his duties or responsibilities immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction, or materially reduces the level of management to which he reports; provided, however, that such a material reduction shall not be deemed to occur if he is employed as an employee of the successor corporation (or a division of any successor corporation where such division encompasses all or substantially all of the Company’s business immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction (the “Business”)) with duties and responsibilities for the Business substantially similar to those he held prior to the Corporate Transaction and with a title at a rank not less than that of Vice President with the successor corporation.  By way of illustration, no material reduction in duties or responsibilities or the level of management to which he reports shall be deemed to occur if, following a Corporate Transaction, he is employed as a Vice President by the successor (including by any division of the successor) with responsibility for managing the same functional area (or for the Chief Technology Officer, a comparable Vice President of Technology or Engineering position) with respect to the product lines of the Company as he managed for the Company immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction.  Moreover, as a condition to receipt of this automatic vesting acceleration benefit on account of an Involuntary Termination in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the Executive shall render transition and integration services with respect to the Business on a full-time basis to the successor for such period of time not to exceed three (3) months (or the remainder of his vesting



term, if less), as the successor may request.
ii)    voluntary resignation by the Executive following (A) a reduction in his level of compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and target bonus under any corporate-performance based incentive program by more than fifteen percent (15%), or (B) a relocation of his place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, provided and only if such reduction or relocation is effected by the Company or its successor without his consent.
Moreover, Executive must provide notice to Company of the existence of Good Reason within 90 days of its initial existence. Upon receipt of such notice, Company will be provided with a period of 30 days during which it may remedy the condition which creates the Good Reason. If the condition which creates the Good Reason is not remedied within the period specified in the preceding sentence, Executive may resign based on account of the Good Reason condition specified in the notice effective no later than 180 days following the initial existence of the Good Reason condition.
C.     Death or Disability . Executive’s employment with Company will be terminated in the event of Executive’s death, or any illness, disability or other incapacity that renders Executive physically or mentally unable regularly to perform Executive’s duties hereunder for a period in excess of sixty (60) consecutive days or more than one hundred twenty (120) days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period. The Board shall make the determination regarding whether Executive is physically or mentally unable to perform his duties.
D.     Separation from Service . “Separation from Service” shall mean the Executive’s termination of employment or service which constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h). “Separation Date” shall mean the date a Separation from Service occurs.
E.     Corporate Transaction. “Corporate Transaction” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
2.    Severance Benefits
A.     Pay upon Termination . Upon termination of his employment, regardless of circumstance, Executive shall receive Executive’s annual base salary, pro-rated earned bonus, and vested benefits through and including Executive's last day of employment. Thereafter, Company shall have no further obligation under this Agreement to Executive, or Executive’s dependents, beneficiaries or estate.
B.     Benefits . In the event Executive is terminated without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service and Executive executes a release agreement in a form acceptable to the Company (“Release Agreement”), and so long as the Executive is not in breach of the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement at the time of payment, Executive shall further be eligible to receive the following benefits:
i.    If Executive has less than twelve (12) months of service with the Company as of the Separation Date, he shall be eligible to receive a single, lump-sum payment equal to (a) three (3) months of his base salary in effect as of the Separation Date, plus (b) an amount equal to three (3) months of premiums necessary to continue Executive’s group health insurance benefits under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) (the “COBRA Premiums”).
ii.    If Executive has twelve (12) or more months of service with Company as of the Separation Date, he shall be eligible to receive a single, lump-sum payment equal to (a) six (6) months



of base salary in effect as of the Separation Date, plus (b) an amount equal to six (6) months of COBRA Premiums.
iii.    Regardless of length of service, Company will also pay for six (6) months of outplacement services.
iv.    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay the COBRA premiums set forth above without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to Executive, on the first day of each calendar month, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including premiums for eligible dependents who have elected and remain enrolled in such COBRA coverage), subject to applicable tax withholdings for the remainder of the period for which COBRA premiums were to be paid above. In the event the Company opts for the cash payments under this subsection, then on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation Date, the Company will make the first payment to Executive under this subsection, in a lump sum, equal to the aggregate cash payments that the Company would have paid through such date had the cash payments commenced on the first day of the first month following the Separation Date through such sixtieth (60 th ) day, with the balance of the cash payments paid thereafter on the schedule described above.
C.     Termination Due to Corporate Transaction . In addition, if there is a Corporate Transaction of the Company and an Involuntary Termination of your Service occurs in connection with or within eighteen (18) months following the Corporate Transaction, then all of the then unvested Option Shares shall vest on an accelerated basis pursuant to the conditions of the Notice of Grant. Should there not be an assumption, exchange, or substitution of the Option as part of the Corporate Transaction, then it shall automatically be accelerated immediately prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction and be exercisable for all of the Option Shares subject, however, to your execution and delivery of an agreement continuing in effect the remaining vesting and acceleration provisions that had been applicable to the Option.
D.     Timing . The salary severance benefits under Section 2B above shall be made to Executive on the later of: (A) thirty (30) days following the Separation Date or (B) fifteen (15) days after the date Executive furnishes the Company the executed release agreement and the revocation period, if any has expired; provided, however, that the executed release agreement must be submitted to Company no later than the date which is two months after the Separation Date and payment must occur no later than the 70th day following the date on which the Separation Date occurs. Notwithstanding the timing otherwise specified in this subsection, in the event that the 70-day period specified in the preceding sentence spans two calendar years, the Company will pay the salary severance benefits under Section 2B in the second of such years, regardless of which year Executive actually delivers the executed general release agreement to the Company. Executive may not, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of payment.
E.     Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) . If the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of his Separation from Service, then any payment otherwise required to be made to Executive under this Agreement on account of Executive’s Separation from Service, to the extent such payment (after taking in to account all exclusions applicable to such payment under Section 409A) is properly treated as deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, shall not be made until the first business day after (i) the expiration of six months from the date of Executive’s Separation from Service, or (ii) if earlier, the date of Executive’s death (the “Delayed Payment Date”). On the Delayed Payment Date, there shall be paid to the Executive or, if the Executive has died, to the Executive’s estate, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence. In the case of any amounts that are payable to the Executive under this Agreement, or under any other “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (within



the meaning of Section 409A) maintained by the Company in the form of installment payments, (i) the Executive’s right to receive such payments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii), and (ii) to the extent any such plan does not already so provide, it is hereby amended as of the date hereof to so provide, with respect to amounts payable to the Executive thereunder. To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Section 409A, (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided hereunder during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided hereunder in any other calendar year; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to any limit on the amount of any expenses incurred by the Executive that may be reimbursed or paid under the terms of the Company’s medical plan, if such limit is imposed on all similarly situated participants in such plan; (ii) all such expenses eligible for reimbursement hereunder shall be paid to the Executive as soon as administratively practicable after any documentation required for reimbursement for such expenses has been submitted, but in any event by no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such expenses were incurred; and (iii) the Executive’s right to receive any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.
3.     Section 280G . If any payments and other benefits provided for in this offer letter or otherwise constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and, but for this Section 3, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then payments and other benefits will be payable to Executive, at Executive’s election, either in full or in such lesser amounts as would result, after taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, on Executive’s receipt on an after-tax basis of the greatest amount of payments and other benefits, by first reducing the cash payments and then reducing the equity grants, in each case, pro rata between amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code and amounts not subject to Section 409A of the Code.



Exhibit 21.01
List of Subsidiaries of Proofpoint Inc.


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
 
Jurisdiction of Incorporation
PROOFPOINT CANADA INC.
 
Ontario, Canada
PROOFPOINT EMAIL SOLUTIONS GMBH
 
Federal Republic of Germany
PROOFPOINT INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
Delaware, USA
PROOFPOINT JAPAN KK
 
Japan
PROOFPOINT LIMITED
 
England and Wales
PROOFPOINT MALTA LTD
 
Republic of Malta
PROOFPOINT PTY LTD
 
Commonwealth of Australia
PROOFPOINT SINGAPORE PTE. LTD.
 
Republic of Singapore
NEXTPAGE, INC.
 
Delaware, USA
PROOFPOINT NI LTD.
 
Northern Ireland
ABACA TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION
 
Delaware, USA
ARMORIZE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (US)
 
Delaware, USA
ARMORIZE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (Taiwan)
 
Taiwan
ARCHING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
Taiwan
SENDMAIL, INC.
 
Delaware, USA
SENDMAIL INTERNATIONAL, INC.
 
Delaware, USA
SENDMAIL, LTD.
 
United Kingdom
SENDMAIL SOFTWARE GMBH
 
Germany
SENDMAIL SARL
 
France
SENDMAIL KK
 
Japan
NASCENT TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
Delaware, USA
BRUTE SQUAD LABS, INC.
 
Washington, USA





Exhibit 23.01

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-180839 and No. 333-187321) of Proofpoint, Inc. of our report dated March 14, 2014 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
March 14, 2014



EXHIBIT 31.01



CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gary Steele, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Proofpoint, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ GARY STEELE
Gary Steele
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer )




EXHIBIT 31.02




CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Paul Auvil, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Proofpoint, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ PAUL AUVIL
Paul Auvil
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)


EXHIBIT 32.01




CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gary Steele, Chief Executive Officer of Proofpoint, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ GARY STEELE
Gary Steele
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer )

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Proofpoint, Inc. and will be retained by it and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


EXHIBIT 32.02



CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Paul Auvil, Chief Financial Officer of Proofpoint, Inc. (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2013 (the "Report") fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the periods presented therein.

Date: March 14, 2014

/s/ PAUL AUVIL
Paul Auvil
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Proofpoint, Inc. and will be retained by it and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.